projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Add %mrp (millicode return pointer) alias for %r2 or %r31, depending on 32 or
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
365 char common;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
368 to be multiply defined. */
369 char dup_common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
372 char zero;
373
374 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
375 unsigned char sort;
376
377 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
378 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
379 int access;
380
381 /* Index of containing space. */
382 int space_index;
383
384 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
385 int alignment;
386
387 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
388 int quadrant;
389
390 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
391 int def_space_index;
392
393 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
394 subsegT subsegment;
395 };
396
397 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
398 dictionary entries. */
399
400 struct default_space_dict
401 {
402 /* Name of the space. */
403 char *name;
404
405 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
406 assembly code numerically! */
407 int spnum;
408
409 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
410 char loadable;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
413 char defined;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
416 char private;
417
418 /* Sort key for this space. */
419 unsigned char sort;
420
421 /* Segment associated with this space. */
422 asection *segment;
423 };
424 #endif
425
426 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
427 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
428 label. */
429 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
430 {
431 struct symbol *lss_label;
432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
433 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
434 #endif
435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
436 segT lss_segment;
437 #endif
438 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
439 }
440 label_symbol_struct;
441
442 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
443 struct hppa_fix_struct
444 {
445 /* The field selector. */
446 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
447
448 /* Type of fixup. */
449 int fx_r_type;
450
451 /* Format of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_format;
453
454 /* Argument relocation bits. */
455 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
456
457 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
458 segT segment;
459 };
460
461 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
462
463 struct pd_reg
464 {
465 char *name;
466 int value;
467 };
468
469 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
470 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
471 struct fp_cond_map
472 {
473 char *string;
474 int cond;
475 };
476
477 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
478 string to a field selector type. */
479 struct selector_entry
480 {
481 char *prefix;
482 int field_selector;
483 };
484
485 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
486
487 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
488 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
489 #endif
490
491 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
492 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
493 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
495 #endif
496 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
497 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
504 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
505 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
506 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
507 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
508 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
509 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
510 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
511 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
512 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
513 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
514 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
515 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
520 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
521 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
522 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
523 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
528 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
532 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
537 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
541 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
542 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
543 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
544 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
545 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
546 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
547 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
548 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
549 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
550 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
551 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
552 int, int, int,
553 asection *, int));
554 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
555 char *, int, int,
556 int, int, int,
557 int, int, int, int,
558 int, asection *));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int,
563 asection *));
564 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
565 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
566 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
567 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
568 subsegT));
569 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
570 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
572 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
573 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
574 #endif
575 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
576 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
577 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
578 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
579 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
580 int, unsigned int, int));
581 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
582 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
583 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
584 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
585 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
586 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
587 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
588 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
589
590 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
591 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
592 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
593 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
594 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
595 #endif
596
597 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
598
599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
600 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
601 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
602 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
603
604 /* The current space and subspace. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
606 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
607 #endif
608
609 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
610 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
611
612 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
613 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
614 function labels. */
615 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
616
617 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
618 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
619
620 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
621 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
622
623 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
624 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
625 dependent tables? */
626 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
627 {
628 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
629 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
630 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
631 {"align", pa_align, 8},
632 #endif
633 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
634 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
635 #endif
636 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
637 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
638 {"block", pa_block, 1},
639 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
640 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
641 {"call", pa_call, 0},
642 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
643 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
644 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
645 #else
646 {"code", pa_text, 0},
647 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
648 #endif
649 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
650 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
651 #endif
652 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
653 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
654 {"data", pa_data, 0},
655 #endif
656 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
657 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
658 {"end", pa_end, 0},
659 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
660 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
661 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
662 #endif
663 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
664 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
665 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
666 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
667 {"export", pa_export, 0},
668 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
669 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
670 #endif
671 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
672 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
673 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
674 {"import", pa_import, 0},
675 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
676 {"label", pa_label, 0},
677 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
678 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
679 {"level", pa_level, 0},
680 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
682 #endif
683 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
684 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
685 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
686 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
687 #endif
688 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
689 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
690 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
691 {"param", pa_param, 0},
692 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
693 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
694 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
695 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
696 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
697 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
698 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
699 {"space", pa_space, 0},
700 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
701 #endif
702 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
703 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
704 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
705 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
706 #endif
707 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
708 {"text", pa_text, 0},
709 #endif
710 {"version", pa_version, 0},
711 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
712 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
713 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
714 #endif
715 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
716 {NULL, 0, 0}
717 };
718
719 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
720 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
721 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
722
723 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
724 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
725 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
726
727 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
728 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
729
730 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
731 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
732 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
733
734 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
735 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
736
737 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
738 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
739
740 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
741 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
742
743 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
744 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
745 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
746 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
747
748 static struct pa_it the_insn;
749
750 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
751 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
752 variable. */
753 static char *expr_end;
754
755 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
756 static int callinfo_found;
757
758 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
759 static int within_entry_exit;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
762 static int within_procedure;
763
764 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
765 seen in each subspace. */
766 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
767
768 /* Holds the last field selector. */
769 static int hppa_field_selector;
770
771 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
772
773 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
774 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
775 static int strict = 0;
776
777 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
778 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
779 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
780 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
781 register has a `r' suffix. */
782 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
783 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
784 static int pa_number;
785
786 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
787 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
788 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
789 #endif
790
791 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
792 static int print_errors = 1;
793
794 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
795
796 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
797 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
798
799 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
800 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
801
802 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
803 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
804 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
805 again have the value <REGNUM>.
806
807 Many registers also have synonyms:
808
809 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
810 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
811 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
812 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
813 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
814
815 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
816 here for brevity.
817
818 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
819
820 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
821 {
822 {"%arg0", 26},
823 {"%arg1", 25},
824 {"%arg2", 24},
825 {"%arg3", 23},
826 {"%cr0", 0},
827 {"%cr10", 10},
828 {"%cr11", 11},
829 {"%cr12", 12},
830 {"%cr13", 13},
831 {"%cr14", 14},
832 {"%cr15", 15},
833 {"%cr16", 16},
834 {"%cr17", 17},
835 {"%cr18", 18},
836 {"%cr19", 19},
837 {"%cr20", 20},
838 {"%cr21", 21},
839 {"%cr22", 22},
840 {"%cr23", 23},
841 {"%cr24", 24},
842 {"%cr25", 25},
843 {"%cr26", 26},
844 {"%cr27", 27},
845 {"%cr28", 28},
846 {"%cr29", 29},
847 {"%cr30", 30},
848 {"%cr31", 31},
849 {"%cr8", 8},
850 {"%cr9", 9},
851 {"%dp", 27},
852 {"%eiem", 15},
853 {"%eirr", 23},
854 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
861 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
903 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
932 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
938 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
941 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%hta", 25},
951 {"%iir", 19},
952 {"%ior", 21},
953 {"%ipsw", 22},
954 {"%isr", 20},
955 {"%itmr", 16},
956 {"%iva", 14},
957 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
958 {"%mrp", 2},
959 #else
960 {"%mrp", 31},
961 #endif
962 {"%pcoq", 18},
963 {"%pcsq", 17},
964 {"%pidr1", 8},
965 {"%pidr2", 9},
966 {"%pidr3", 12},
967 {"%pidr4", 13},
968 {"%ppda", 24},
969 {"%r0", 0},
970 {"%r1", 1},
971 {"%r10", 10},
972 {"%r11", 11},
973 {"%r12", 12},
974 {"%r13", 13},
975 {"%r14", 14},
976 {"%r15", 15},
977 {"%r16", 16},
978 {"%r17", 17},
979 {"%r18", 18},
980 {"%r19", 19},
981 {"%r2", 2},
982 {"%r20", 20},
983 {"%r21", 21},
984 {"%r22", 22},
985 {"%r23", 23},
986 {"%r24", 24},
987 {"%r25", 25},
988 {"%r26", 26},
989 {"%r27", 27},
990 {"%r28", 28},
991 {"%r29", 29},
992 {"%r3", 3},
993 {"%r30", 30},
994 {"%r31", 31},
995 {"%r4", 4},
996 {"%r5", 5},
997 {"%r6", 6},
998 {"%r7", 7},
999 {"%r8", 8},
1000 {"%r9", 9},
1001 {"%rctr", 0},
1002 {"%ret0", 28},
1003 {"%ret1", 29},
1004 {"%rp", 2},
1005 {"%sar", 11},
1006 {"%sp", 30},
1007 {"%sr0", 0},
1008 {"%sr1", 1},
1009 {"%sr2", 2},
1010 {"%sr3", 3},
1011 {"%sr4", 4},
1012 {"%sr5", 5},
1013 {"%sr6", 6},
1014 {"%sr7", 7},
1015 {"%tr0", 24},
1016 {"%tr1", 25},
1017 {"%tr2", 26},
1018 {"%tr3", 27},
1019 {"%tr4", 28},
1020 {"%tr5", 29},
1021 {"%tr6", 30},
1022 {"%tr7", 31}
1023 };
1024
1025 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1026 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1027 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1028 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1029 {
1030 {"false?", 0},
1031 {"false", 1},
1032 {"true?", 30},
1033 {"true", 31},
1034 {"!<=>", 3},
1035 {"!?>=", 8},
1036 {"!?<=", 16},
1037 {"!<>", 7},
1038 {"!>=", 11},
1039 {"!?>", 12},
1040 {"?<=", 14},
1041 {"!<=", 19},
1042 {"!?<", 20},
1043 {"?>=", 22},
1044 {"!?=", 24},
1045 {"!=t", 27},
1046 {"<=>", 29},
1047 {"=t", 5},
1048 {"?=", 6},
1049 {"?<", 10},
1050 {"<=", 13},
1051 {"!>", 15},
1052 {"?>", 18},
1053 {">=", 21},
1054 {"!<", 23},
1055 {"<>", 25},
1056 {"!=", 26},
1057 {"!?", 28},
1058 {"?", 2},
1059 {"=", 4},
1060 {"<", 9},
1061 {">", 17}
1062 };
1063
1064 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1065 {
1066 {"f", e_fsel},
1067 {"l", e_lsel},
1068 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1069 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1070 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1071 {"ls", e_lssel},
1072 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1073 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1074 {"n", e_nsel},
1075 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1076 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1077 {"p", e_psel},
1078 {"r", e_rsel},
1079 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1080 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1081 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1082 {"rs", e_rssel},
1083 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1084 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1085 {"t", e_tsel},
1086 };
1087
1088 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1089 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1090
1091 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1092 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1093
1094 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1095 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1096 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1097 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1098 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1099 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1100 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1101 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1102 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1103
1104 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1105 {
1106 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1107 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1108 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1109 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1110 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1111 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1112 };
1113
1114 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1115 {
1116 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1117 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1118 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1119 };
1120
1121 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1122
1123 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1124 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1125 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1126 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1127 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1128
1129 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1130 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1131 #endif
1132
1133 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1134 a right or left half of a FP register */
1135 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1136 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1137
1138 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1139 main loop after insertion. */
1140
1141 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1142 { \
1143 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1144 continue; \
1145 }
1146
1147 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1148 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1149
1150 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1151 { \
1152 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1153 { \
1154 if (! IGNORE) \
1155 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1156 (int) (FIELD));\
1157 break; \
1158 } \
1159 }
1160
1161 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1162 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1163
1164 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1165 { \
1166 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1167 { \
1168 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1169 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1170 (int) (FIELD));\
1171 break; \
1172 } \
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1176 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1177
1178 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1179 { \
1180 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1181 { \
1182 if (! IGNORE) \
1183 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1184 (int) (FIELD));\
1185 break; \
1186 } \
1187 }
1188
1189 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1190 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1191 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1192
1193 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1194 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1195 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1196
1197 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1198 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1199 need real complex handling yet. */
1200 #define is_complex(exp) \
1201 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1202
1203 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1204
1205 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1206 proc/procend pairs match. */
1207
1208 void
1209 pa_check_eof ()
1210 {
1211 if (within_entry_exit)
1212 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1213
1214 if (within_procedure)
1215 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1216 }
1217
1218 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1219 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1220
1221 static label_symbol_struct *
1222 pa_get_label ()
1223 {
1224 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1225
1226 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1227 label_chain;
1228 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1229 {
1230 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1231 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1232 return label_chain;
1233 #endif
1234 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1235 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1236 return label_chain;
1237 #endif
1238 }
1239
1240 return NULL;
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1244 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1245
1246 void
1247 pa_define_label (symbol)
1248 symbolS *symbol;
1249 {
1250 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1251
1252 if (label_chain)
1253 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1254 else
1255 {
1256 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1257 label_chain
1258 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1259 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1260 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1261 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1262 #endif
1263 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1264 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1265 #endif
1266 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1267
1268 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1269 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1270
1271 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1272 }
1273 }
1274
1275 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1276 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1277
1278 static void
1279 pa_undefine_label ()
1280 {
1281 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1282 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1283
1284 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1285 label_chain;
1286 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1287 {
1288 if (1
1289 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1290 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1291 #endif
1292 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1293 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1294 #endif
1295 )
1296 {
1297 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1298 if (prev_label_chain)
1299 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1300 else
1301 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1302
1303 free (label_chain);
1304 break;
1305 }
1306 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1307 }
1308 }
1309
1310 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1311 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1312 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1313 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1314 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1315 tc_fix_data field. */
1316
1317 static void
1318 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1319 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1320 fragS *frag;
1321 int where;
1322 int size;
1323 symbolS *add_symbol;
1324 offsetT offset;
1325 expressionS *exp;
1326 int pcrel;
1327 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1328 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1329 int r_format;
1330 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1331 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1332 {
1333 fixS *new_fix;
1334
1335 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1336 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1337
1338 if (exp != NULL)
1339 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1340 else
1341 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1342 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1343 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1344 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1345 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1346 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1347 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1348 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1349 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1350 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1351 #endif
1352
1353 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1354 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1355 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1356 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1357 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1358 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1359 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1360 }
1361
1362 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1363 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1364
1365 void
1366 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1367 expressionS *exp;
1368 {
1369 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1370 expression (exp);
1371 }
1372
1373 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1374 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1375
1376 void
1377 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1378 fragS *frag;
1379 int where;
1380 int size;
1381 expressionS *exp;
1382 {
1383 unsigned int rel_type;
1384
1385 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1386 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1387 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1388 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1389 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1390 else
1391 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1392
1393 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1394 {
1395 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1396 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1397 }
1398
1399 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1400 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1401 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1402
1403 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1404 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1408 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1409
1410 void
1411 md_begin ()
1412 {
1413 const char *retval = NULL;
1414 int lose = 0;
1415 unsigned int i = 0;
1416
1417 last_call_info = NULL;
1418 call_info_root = NULL;
1419
1420 /* Set the default machine type. */
1421 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1422 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1423
1424 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1425 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1426 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1427 {
1428 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1429 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1430 }
1431
1432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1433 pa_spaces_begin ();
1434 #endif
1435
1436 op_hash = hash_new ();
1437
1438 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1439 {
1440 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1441 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1442 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1443 {
1444 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1445 lose = 1;
1446 }
1447 do
1448 {
1449 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1450 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1451 {
1452 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1453 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1454 lose = 1;
1455 }
1456 ++i;
1457 }
1458 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1459 }
1460
1461 if (lose)
1462 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1463
1464 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1465 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1466 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1467 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1468 #endif
1469
1470 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1471 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1472 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1473 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1474 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1475 #endif
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1479 void
1480 md_assemble (str)
1481 char *str;
1482 {
1483 char *to;
1484
1485 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1486 assert (str);
1487
1488 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1489 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1490 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1491
1492 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1493 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1494 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1495 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1496 {
1497 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1498
1499 if (label_symbol)
1500 {
1501 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1502 {
1503 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1504 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1505 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1506 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1507 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1508 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1509 if (within_entry_exit)
1510 {
1511 char *where;
1512 unsigned int u;
1513
1514 where = frag_more (0);
1515 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1516 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1517 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1518 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1519 }
1520 #endif
1521 }
1522 else
1523 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1524 }
1525 else
1526 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1527 }
1528
1529 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1530 pa_ip (str);
1531
1532 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1533 to = frag_more (4);
1534
1535 /* Output the opcode. */
1536 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1537
1538 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1539 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1540 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1541 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1542 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1543 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1544
1545 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1546 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1547 #endif
1548 }
1549
1550 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1551 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1552
1553 static void
1554 pa_ip (str)
1555 char *str;
1556 {
1557 char *error_message = "";
1558 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1559 const char *args;
1560 int match = FALSE;
1561 int comma = 0;
1562 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1563 unsigned long opcode;
1564 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1565
1566 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1567 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1568 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1569 #endif
1570
1571 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1572 case. */
1573 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1574 if (isupper (*s))
1575 *s = tolower (*s);
1576
1577 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1578 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1579 ;
1580
1581 switch (*s)
1582 {
1583
1584 case '\0':
1585 break;
1586
1587 case ',':
1588 comma = 1;
1589
1590 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1591
1592 case ' ':
1593 *s++ = '\0';
1594 break;
1595
1596 default:
1597 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1598 }
1599
1600 save_s = str;
1601
1602 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1603 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1604 {
1605 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1606 return;
1607 }
1608
1609 if (comma)
1610 {
1611 *--s = ',';
1612 }
1613
1614 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1615 start processing them. */
1616 argstart = s;
1617 for (;;)
1618 {
1619 /* Do some initialization. */
1620 opcode = insn->match;
1621 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1622 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1623
1624 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1625
1626 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1627 then set a new architecture. */
1628 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1629 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1630 if (insn->arch < 20
1631 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1632 {
1633 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1634 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1635 }
1636 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1637 {
1638 match = FALSE;
1639 goto failed;
1640 }
1641
1642 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1643 sure that the operands match. */
1644 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1645 {
1646 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1647 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1648 s++;
1649
1650 switch (*args)
1651 {
1652
1653 /* End of arguments. */
1654 case '\0':
1655 if (*s == '\0')
1656 match = TRUE;
1657 break;
1658
1659 case '+':
1660 if (*s == '+')
1661 {
1662 ++s;
1663 continue;
1664 }
1665 if (*s == '-')
1666 continue;
1667 break;
1668
1669 /* These must match exactly. */
1670 case '(':
1671 case ')':
1672 case ',':
1673 case ' ':
1674 if (*s++ == *args)
1675 continue;
1676 break;
1677
1678 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1679 case 'b':
1680 case '^':
1681 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1682 break;
1683 num = pa_number;
1684 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1686
1687 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1688 is there. */
1689 case '!':
1690 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1691 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1692 s = s + 1;
1693
1694 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1695 {
1696 s += 4;
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1700 {
1701 s += 5;
1702 continue;
1703 }
1704 break;
1705
1706 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1707 case 'x':
1708 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1709 break;
1710 num = pa_number;
1711 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1713
1714 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1715 case 't':
1716 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1717 break;
1718 num = pa_number;
1719 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1721
1722 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1723 case 'a':
1724 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1725 break;
1726 num = pa_number;
1727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1728 opcode |= num << 16;
1729 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1730
1731 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1732 case 'T':
1733 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1734 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1735 break;
1736 s = expr_end;
1737 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1738 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1739
1740 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1741 case '5':
1742 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1743 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1744 break;
1745 s = expr_end;
1746 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1747 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1748 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1749 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1750 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1751
1752 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1753 case 'V':
1754 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1755 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1756 break;
1757 s = expr_end;
1758 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1759 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1760 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1761 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1763
1764 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1765 case 'r':
1766 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1767 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1768 break;
1769 s = expr_end;
1770 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1771 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1772
1773 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1774 case 'R':
1775 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1776 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1777 break;
1778 s = expr_end;
1779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1780 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1781
1782 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1783 case 'U':
1784 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1785 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1786 break;
1787 s = expr_end;
1788 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1789 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1790
1791 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1792 case 's':
1793 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1794 break;
1795 num = pa_number;
1796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1797 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1798
1799 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1800 case 'S':
1801 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1802 break;
1803 num = pa_number;
1804 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1805 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1806 continue;
1807
1808 /* Handle all completers. */
1809 case 'c':
1810 switch (*++args)
1811 {
1812
1813 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1814 case 'x':
1815 {
1816 int uu = 0;
1817 int m = 0;
1818 int i = 0;
1819 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1820 {
1821 s++;
1822 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1823 {
1824 uu = 1;
1825 m = 1;
1826 s++;
1827 i++;
1828 }
1829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1830 m = 1;
1831 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1832 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1833 uu = 1;
1834 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1835 else if (strict)
1836 {
1837 s--;
1838 break;
1839 }
1840 else
1841 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1842 s++;
1843 i++;
1844 }
1845 if (i > 2)
1846 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1847 opcode |= m << 5;
1848 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1849 }
1850
1851 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1852 case 'm':
1853 case 'q':
1854 case 'J':
1855 case 'e':
1856 {
1857 int a = 0;
1858 int m = 0;
1859 if (*s == ',')
1860 {
1861 int found = 0;
1862 s++;
1863 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1864 {
1865 a = 0;
1866 m = 1;
1867 found = 1;
1868 }
1869 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1870 {
1871 a = 1;
1872 m = 1;
1873 found = 1;
1874 }
1875
1876 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1877 if (!found && strict)
1878 s--;
1879 else
1880 {
1881 if (!found)
1882 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1883 s += 2;
1884 }
1885 }
1886 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1887 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1888 else if (*args == 'e')
1889 break;
1890
1891 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1892 encode the before/after field. */
1893 if (*args == 'm')
1894 {
1895 opcode |= m << 5;
1896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1897 }
1898 else if (*args == 'q')
1899 {
1900 opcode |= m << 3;
1901 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1902 }
1903 else if (*args == 'J')
1904 {
1905 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1906 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1907 }
1908 else if (*args == 'e')
1909 {
1910 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1911 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1912 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1913 opcode |= a;
1914 continue;
1915 }
1916 }
1917
1918 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1919 case 's':
1920 {
1921 int a = 0;
1922 int m = 0;
1923 int i = 0;
1924 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1925 {
1926 s++;
1927 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1928 m = 1;
1929 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1930 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1931 a = 0;
1932 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1933 a = 1;
1934 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1935 else if (strict)
1936 {
1937 s--;
1938 break;
1939 }
1940 else
1941 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1942 s++;
1943 i++;
1944 }
1945 if (i > 2)
1946 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1947 opcode |= m << 5;
1948 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1949 }
1950
1951 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1952 case 'c':
1953 cmpltr = 0;
1954 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1955 {
1956 s += 3;
1957 cmpltr = 2;
1958 }
1959 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1960
1961 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1962 case 'C':
1963 cmpltr = 0;
1964 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1965 {
1966 s += 3;
1967 cmpltr = 2;
1968 }
1969 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1970 {
1971 s += 3;
1972 cmpltr = 1;
1973 }
1974 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1975
1976 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1977 case 'd':
1978 cmpltr = 0;
1979 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1980 {
1981 s += 3;
1982 cmpltr = 1;
1983 }
1984 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1985
1986 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1987 case 'o':
1988 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1989 break;
1990 s += 2;
1991 continue;
1992
1993 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1994 case 'g':
1995 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1996 break;
1997 s += 5;
1998 continue;
1999
2000 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2001 case 'p':
2002 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2003 break;
2004 s += 7;
2005 continue;
2006
2007 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2008 case 'l':
2009 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2010 break;
2011 s += 2;
2012 continue;
2013
2014 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2015 case 'P':
2016 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2017 break;
2018 s += 4;
2019 continue;
2020
2021 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2022 case 'L':
2023 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2024 break;
2025 s += 2;
2026 continue;
2027
2028 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2029 case 'w':
2030 flag = 0;
2031 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2032 {
2033 flag = 1;
2034 s += 2;
2035 }
2036 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2037 {
2038 flag = 0;
2039 s += 2;
2040 }
2041
2042 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2043
2044 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2045 case 'W':
2046 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2047 break;
2048 s += 2;
2049 continue;
2050
2051 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2052 case 'r':
2053 flag = 0;
2054 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2055 {
2056 flag = 5;
2057 s += 2;
2058 }
2059
2060 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2061
2062 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2063 case 'Z':
2064 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2065 {
2066 flag = 1;
2067 s += 2;
2068 }
2069 else
2070 flag = 0;
2071
2072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2073
2074 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2075 case 'i':
2076 flag = 0;
2077 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2078 {
2079 flag = 1;
2080 s += 2;
2081 }
2082
2083 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2084
2085 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2086 case 'z':
2087 flag = 1;
2088 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2089 {
2090 flag = 0;
2091 s += 2;
2092 }
2093
2094 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2095
2096 /* Handle add completer. */
2097 case 'a':
2098 flag = 1;
2099 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2100 {
2101 flag = 2;
2102 s += 2;
2103 }
2104 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2105 {
2106 flag = 3;
2107 s += 4;
2108 }
2109
2110 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2111
2112 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2113 case 'Y':
2114 flag = 0;
2115 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2116 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2117 {
2118 flag = 1;
2119 s += 7;
2120 }
2121 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2122 {
2123 flag = 0;
2124 s += 3;
2125 }
2126 else
2127 break;
2128
2129 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2130
2131 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2132 case 'y':
2133 flag = 0;
2134 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2135 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2136 {
2137 flag = 1;
2138 s += 6;
2139 }
2140 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2141 {
2142 flag = 0;
2143 s += 2;
2144 }
2145 else
2146 break;
2147
2148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2149
2150 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2151 case 'v':
2152 flag = 0;
2153 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2154 {
2155 flag = 1;
2156 s += 4;
2157 }
2158
2159 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2160
2161 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2162 case 't':
2163 flag = 0;
2164 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2165 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2166 {
2167 flag = 1;
2168 s += 7;
2169 }
2170 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2171 {
2172 flag = 0;
2173 s += 3;
2174 }
2175 else
2176 break;
2177
2178 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2179
2180 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2181 case 'B':
2182 flag = 0;
2183 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2184 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2185 {
2186 flag = 1;
2187 s += 7;
2188 }
2189 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2190 {
2191 flag = 0;
2192 s += 3;
2193 }
2194 else
2195 break;
2196
2197 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2198
2199 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2200 case 'b':
2201 flag = 0;
2202 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2203 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2204 {
2205 flag = 1;
2206 s += 6;
2207 }
2208 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2209 {
2210 flag = 0;
2211 s += 2;
2212 }
2213 else
2214 break;
2215
2216 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2217
2218 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2219 case 'T':
2220 flag = 0;
2221 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2222 {
2223 flag = 1;
2224 s += 3;
2225 }
2226
2227 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2228
2229 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2230 case 'S':
2231 {
2232 int sign = 1;
2233 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2234 {
2235 sign = 1;
2236 s += 2;
2237 }
2238 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2239 {
2240 sign = 0;
2241 s += 2;
2242 }
2243
2244 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2245 }
2246
2247 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2248 case 'h':
2249 if (*s++ == ',')
2250 {
2251 int lr = 0;
2252 if (*s == 'r')
2253 lr = 2;
2254 else if (*s == 'l')
2255 lr = 0;
2256 else
2257 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2258
2259 s++;
2260 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2261 }
2262 else
2263 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2264 break;
2265
2266 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2267 case 'H':
2268 {
2269 int sat = 3;
2270 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2271 {
2272 sat = 1;
2273 s += 3;
2274 }
2275 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2276 {
2277 sat = 0;
2278 s += 3;
2279 }
2280
2281 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2282 }
2283
2284 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2285 case '*':
2286 if (*s++ == ',')
2287 {
2288 int permloc[4];
2289 int perm = 0;
2290 int i = 0;
2291 permloc[0] = 13;
2292 permloc[1] = 10;
2293 permloc[2] = 8;
2294 permloc[3] = 6;
2295 for (; i < 4; i++)
2296 {
2297 switch (*s++)
2298 {
2299 case '0':
2300 perm = 0;
2301 break;
2302 case '1':
2303 perm = 1;
2304 break;
2305 case '2':
2306 perm = 2;
2307 break;
2308 case '3':
2309 perm = 3;
2310 break;
2311 default:
2312 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2313 }
2314 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2315 }
2316 continue;
2317 }
2318 else
2319 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2320 break;
2321
2322 default:
2323 abort ();
2324 }
2325 break;
2326
2327 /* Handle all conditions. */
2328 case '?':
2329 {
2330 args++;
2331 switch (*args)
2332 {
2333 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2334 case 'f':
2335 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2337
2338 /* Handle an add condition. */
2339 case 'A':
2340 case 'a':
2341 cmpltr = 0;
2342 flag = 0;
2343 if (*s == ',')
2344 {
2345 s++;
2346
2347 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2348 if (*args == 'A')
2349 {
2350 if (*s == '*')
2351 s++;
2352 else
2353 break;
2354 }
2355 else if (*s == '*')
2356 break;
2357 name = s;
2358
2359 name = s;
2360 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2361 s += 1;
2362 c = *s;
2363 *s = 0x00;
2364 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2365 cmpltr = 1;
2366 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2367 cmpltr = 2;
2368 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2369 cmpltr = 3;
2370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2371 cmpltr = 4;
2372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2373 cmpltr = 5;
2374 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2375 cmpltr = 6;
2376 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2377 cmpltr = 7;
2378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2379 {
2380 cmpltr = 0;
2381 flag = 1;
2382 }
2383 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2384 {
2385 cmpltr = 1;
2386 flag = 1;
2387 }
2388 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2389 {
2390 cmpltr = 2;
2391 flag = 1;
2392 }
2393 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2394 {
2395 cmpltr = 3;
2396 flag = 1;
2397 }
2398 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2399 {
2400 cmpltr = 4;
2401 flag = 1;
2402 }
2403 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2404 {
2405 cmpltr = 5;
2406 flag = 1;
2407 }
2408 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2409 {
2410 cmpltr = 6;
2411 flag = 1;
2412 }
2413 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2414 {
2415 cmpltr = 7;
2416 flag = 1;
2417 }
2418 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2419 else if (*args == 'a')
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2421 *s = c;
2422 }
2423 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2424 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2425
2426 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2427 case 'd':
2428 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2429 if (cmpltr < 0)
2430 {
2431 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2432 cmpltr = 0;
2433 }
2434 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2435
2436 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2437 case 'W':
2438 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2439 if (cmpltr < 0)
2440 {
2441 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2442 cmpltr = 0;
2443 }
2444 else
2445 {
2446 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2447 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2448 }
2449 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2450
2451 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2452 condition. */
2453 case '@':
2454 save_s = s;
2455 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2456 if (cmpltr < 0)
2457 {
2458 s = save_s;
2459 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2460 if (cmpltr < 0)
2461 {
2462 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2463 cmpltr = 0;
2464 }
2465 else
2466 {
2467 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2468 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2469 }
2470 }
2471 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2472
2473 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2474 case 'B':
2475 case 'b':
2476 cmpltr = 0;
2477 if (*s == ',')
2478 {
2479 s++;
2480
2481 if (*args == 'B')
2482 {
2483 if (*s == '*')
2484 s++;
2485 else
2486 break;
2487 }
2488 else if (*s == '*')
2489 break;
2490
2491 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2492 {
2493 cmpltr = 0;
2494 s++;
2495 }
2496 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2497 {
2498 cmpltr = 1;
2499 s += 2;
2500 }
2501 else
2502 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2503 }
2504 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2505
2506 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2507 case 'S':
2508 case 's':
2509 cmpltr = 0;
2510 flag = 0;
2511 if (*s == ',')
2512 {
2513 s++;
2514
2515 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2516 if (*args == 'S')
2517 {
2518 if (*s == '*')
2519 s++;
2520 else
2521 break;
2522 }
2523 else if (*s == '*')
2524 break;
2525 name = s;
2526
2527 name = s;
2528 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2529 s += 1;
2530 c = *s;
2531 *s = 0x00;
2532 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2533 cmpltr = 1;
2534 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2535 cmpltr = 2;
2536 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2537 cmpltr = 3;
2538 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2539 cmpltr = 4;
2540 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2541 cmpltr = 5;
2542 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2543 cmpltr = 6;
2544 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2545 cmpltr = 7;
2546 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2547 {
2548 cmpltr = 0;
2549 flag = 1;
2550 }
2551 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2552 {
2553 cmpltr = 1;
2554 flag = 1;
2555 }
2556 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2557 {
2558 cmpltr = 2;
2559 flag = 1;
2560 }
2561 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2562 {
2563 cmpltr = 3;
2564 flag = 1;
2565 }
2566 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2567 {
2568 cmpltr = 4;
2569 flag = 1;
2570 }
2571 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2572 {
2573 cmpltr = 5;
2574 flag = 1;
2575 }
2576 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2577 {
2578 cmpltr = 6;
2579 flag = 1;
2580 }
2581 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2582 {
2583 cmpltr = 7;
2584 flag = 1;
2585 }
2586 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2587 else if (*args != 'S')
2588 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2589 name);
2590 *s = c;
2591 }
2592 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2593 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2594
2595 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2596 case 't':
2597 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2598 if (cmpltr < 0)
2599 {
2600 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2601 cmpltr = 0;
2602 }
2603 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2604
2605 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2606 case 'n':
2607 save_s = s;
2608 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2609 if (cmpltr < 0)
2610 {
2611 s = save_s;
2612 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2613 if (cmpltr < 0)
2614 {
2615 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2616 cmpltr = 0;
2617 }
2618 else
2619 {
2620 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2621 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2622 }
2623 }
2624
2625 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2626
2627 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2628 case 'N':
2629 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2630 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2631 {
2632 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2633 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2634 }
2635 else
2636 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2637 break;
2638
2639 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2640
2641 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2642 case 'Q':
2643 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2644 if (cmpltr < 0)
2645 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2646 break;
2647
2648 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2649
2650 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2651 case 'L':
2652 case 'l':
2653 cmpltr = 0;
2654 flag = 0;
2655 if (*s == ',')
2656 {
2657 s++;
2658
2659 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2660 if (*args == 'L')
2661 {
2662 if (*s == '*')
2663 s++;
2664 else
2665 break;
2666 }
2667 else if (*s == '*')
2668 break;
2669
2670 name = s;
2671 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2672 s += 1;
2673 c = *s;
2674 *s = 0x00;
2675
2676 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2677 cmpltr = 1;
2678 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2679 cmpltr = 2;
2680 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2681 cmpltr = 3;
2682 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2683 cmpltr = 7;
2684 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2685 {
2686 cmpltr = 0;
2687 flag = 1;
2688 }
2689 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2690 {
2691 cmpltr = 1;
2692 flag = 1;
2693 }
2694 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2695 {
2696 cmpltr = 2;
2697 flag = 1;
2698 }
2699 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2700 {
2701 cmpltr = 3;
2702 flag = 1;
2703 }
2704 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2705 {
2706 cmpltr = 7;
2707 flag = 1;
2708 }
2709 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2710 else if (*args != 'L')
2711 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2712 *s = c;
2713 }
2714 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2715 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2716
2717 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2718 case 'X':
2719 case 'x':
2720 case 'y':
2721 cmpltr = 0;
2722 if (*s == ',')
2723 {
2724 save_s = s++;
2725
2726 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2727 if (*args == 'X')
2728 {
2729 if (*s == '*')
2730 s++;
2731 else
2732 break;
2733 }
2734 else if (*s == '*')
2735 break;
2736
2737 name = s;
2738 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2739 s += 1;
2740 c = *s;
2741 *s = 0x00;
2742 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2743 cmpltr = 1;
2744 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2745 cmpltr = 2;
2746 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2747 cmpltr = 3;
2748 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2749 cmpltr = 4;
2750 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2751 cmpltr = 5;
2752 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2753 cmpltr = 6;
2754 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2755 cmpltr = 7;
2756 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2757 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2758 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2759 {
2760 *s = c;
2761 s = save_s;
2762 continue;
2763 }
2764 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2765 else if (*args != 'X')
2766 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2767 *s = c;
2768 }
2769 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2770
2771 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2772 case 'U':
2773 case 'u':
2774 cmpltr = 0;
2775 flag = 0;
2776 if (*s == ',')
2777 {
2778 s++;
2779
2780 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2781 if (*args == 'U')
2782 {
2783 if (*s == '*')
2784 s++;
2785 else
2786 break;
2787 }
2788 else if (*s == '*')
2789 break;
2790
2791 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2792 {
2793 cmpltr = 2;
2794 s += 3;
2795 }
2796 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2797 {
2798 cmpltr = 3;
2799 s += 3;
2800 }
2801 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2802 {
2803 cmpltr = 4;
2804 s += 3;
2805 }
2806 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 6;
2809 s += 3;
2810 }
2811 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2812 {
2813 cmpltr = 7;
2814 s += 3;
2815 }
2816 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2817 {
2818 cmpltr = 0;
2819 flag = 1;
2820 s += 2;
2821 }
2822 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 2;
2825 flag = 1;
2826 s += 3;
2827 }
2828 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2829 {
2830 cmpltr = 3;
2831 flag = 1;
2832 s += 3;
2833 }
2834 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 4;
2837 flag = 1;
2838 s += 3;
2839 }
2840 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2841 {
2842 cmpltr = 6;
2843 flag = 1;
2844 s += 3;
2845 }
2846 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 7;
2849 flag = 1;
2850 s += 3;
2851 }
2852 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2853 {
2854 cmpltr = 1;
2855 flag = 0;
2856 s += 3;
2857 }
2858 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2859 {
2860 cmpltr = 5;
2861 flag = 0;
2862 s += 3;
2863 }
2864 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2865 {
2866 cmpltr = 1;
2867 flag = 1;
2868 s += 3;
2869 }
2870 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2871 {
2872 cmpltr = 5;
2873 flag = 1;
2874 s += 3;
2875 }
2876 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2877 else if (*args != 'U')
2878 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2879 }
2880 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2882
2883 default:
2884 abort ();
2885 }
2886 break;
2887 }
2888
2889 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2890 case 'n':
2891 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2892 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2893
2894 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2895 case 'N':
2896 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2897 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2898
2899 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2900 case 'L':
2901 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2902 s += 4;
2903 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2904 s += 4;
2905 else
2906 break;
2907 continue;
2908
2909 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2910 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2911 case 'h':
2912 get_expression (s);
2913 s = expr_end;
2914 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2915 {
2916 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2917 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2918 num++;
2919 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2920 }
2921 else
2922 break;
2923
2924 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2925 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2926 case 'm':
2927 get_expression (s);
2928 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2929 {
2930 s = expr_end;
2931 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2932 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2933 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2934 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2935 }
2936 else
2937 break;
2938
2939 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2940 case '=':
2941 {
2942 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2943 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2944 }
2945
2946 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2947 case 'i':
2948 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2949 get_expression (s);
2950 s = expr_end;
2951 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2952 {
2953 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2954 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2955 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2956 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2957 }
2958 else
2959 {
2960 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2961 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2962 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2963 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2964 else
2965 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2966 the_insn.format = 11;
2967 continue;
2968 }
2969
2970 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2971 case 'J':
2972 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2973 get_expression (s);
2974 s = expr_end;
2975 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2976 {
2977 int mb;
2978
2979 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2980 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2981 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2982 good to rethink this. */
2983 mb = opcode & 1;
2984 opcode -= mb;
2985 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2986 if (mb != (num < 0))
2987 break;
2988 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2989 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2990 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2991 }
2992 break;
2993
2994 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2995 case 'K':
2996 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2997 get_expression (s);
2998 s = expr_end;
2999 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3000 {
3001 int mb;
3002
3003 mb = opcode & 1;
3004 opcode -= mb;
3005 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3006 if (mb == (num < 0))
3007 break;
3008 if (num % 4)
3009 break;
3010 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3011 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3012 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3013 }
3014 break;
3015
3016 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3017 case '<':
3018 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3019 get_expression (s);
3020 s = expr_end;
3021 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3022 {
3023 int mb;
3024
3025 mb = opcode & 1;
3026 opcode -= mb;
3027 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3028 if (mb != (num < 0))
3029 break;
3030 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3031 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3032 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3033 }
3034 break;
3035
3036 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3037 case '>':
3038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3039 get_expression (s);
3040 s = expr_end;
3041 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3042 {
3043 int mb;
3044
3045 mb = opcode & 1;
3046 opcode -= mb;
3047 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3048 if (mb == (num < 0))
3049 break;
3050 if (num % 4)
3051 break;
3052 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3053 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3054 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3055 }
3056 break;
3057
3058 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3059 case '#':
3060 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3061 get_expression (s);
3062 s = expr_end;
3063 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3064 {
3065 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3066 if (num & 0x7)
3067 break;
3068 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3069 if (num < 0)
3070 opcode |= 1;
3071 num &= 0x1fff;
3072 num >>= 3;
3073 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3074 }
3075 else
3076 {
3077 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3078 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3079 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3080 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3081 else
3082 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3083 the_insn.format = 14;
3084 continue;
3085 }
3086 break;
3087
3088 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3089 case 'd':
3090 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3091 get_expression (s);
3092 s = expr_end;
3093 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3094 {
3095 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3096 if (num & 0x3)
3097 break;
3098 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3099 if (num < 0)
3100 opcode |= 1;
3101 num &= 0x1fff;
3102 num >>= 2;
3103 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3104 }
3105 else
3106 {
3107 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3108 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3109 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3110 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3111 else
3112 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3113 the_insn.format = 14;
3114 continue;
3115 }
3116
3117 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3118 case 'j':
3119 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3120 get_expression (s);
3121 s = expr_end;
3122 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3123 {
3124 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3125 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3126 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3127 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3128 }
3129 else
3130 {
3131 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3132 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3133 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3134 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3135 else
3136 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3137 the_insn.format = 14;
3138 continue;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3142 case 'k':
3143 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3144 get_expression (s);
3145 s = expr_end;
3146 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3147 {
3148 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3149 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3150 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3151 continue;
3152 }
3153 else
3154 {
3155 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3156 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3157 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3158 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3159 else
3160 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3161 the_insn.format = 21;
3162 continue;
3163 }
3164
3165 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3166 case 'l':
3167 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3168 get_expression (s);
3169 s = expr_end;
3170 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3171 {
3172 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3173 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3174 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3175 continue;
3176 }
3177 else
3178 {
3179 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3180 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3181 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3182 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3183 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3184 else
3185 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3186 the_insn.format = 14;
3187 continue;
3188 }
3189
3190 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3191 case 'y':
3192 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3193 get_expression (s);
3194 s = expr_end;
3195 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3196 {
3197 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3198 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3199 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3200 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3201 continue;
3202 }
3203 else
3204 {
3205 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3206 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3207 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3208 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3209 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3210 else
3211 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3212 the_insn.format = 14;
3213 continue;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3217 case '&':
3218 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3219 get_expression (s);
3220 s = expr_end;
3221 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3222 {
3223 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3224 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3225 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3226 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3227 continue;
3228 }
3229 else
3230 {
3231 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3232 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3233 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3234 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3235 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3236 else
3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3238 the_insn.format = 14;
3239 continue;
3240 }
3241
3242 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3243 case 'w':
3244 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3245 get_expression (s);
3246 s = expr_end;
3247 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3248 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3249 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3250 "L$0\001"))
3251 {
3252 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3253 if (num % 4)
3254 {
3255 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3256 break;
3257 }
3258 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3259 num -= 8;
3260 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3261 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3262 continue;
3263 }
3264 else
3265 {
3266 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3267 the_insn.format = 12;
3268 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3269 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3270 s = expr_end;
3271 continue;
3272 }
3273
3274 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3275 case 'W':
3276 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3277 get_expression (s);
3278 s = expr_end;
3279 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3280 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3281 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3282 "L$0\001"))
3283 {
3284 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3285 if (num % 4)
3286 {
3287 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3288 break;
3289 }
3290 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3291 num -= 8;
3292 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3293 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3294 continue;
3295 }
3296 else
3297 {
3298 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3299 the_insn.format = 17;
3300 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3301 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3302 continue;
3303 }
3304
3305 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3306 case 'X':
3307 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3308 get_expression (s);
3309 s = expr_end;
3310 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3311 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3312 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3313 "L$0\001"))
3314 {
3315 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3316 if (num % 4)
3317 {
3318 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3319 break;
3320 }
3321 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3322 num -= 8;
3323 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3324 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3325 }
3326 else
3327 {
3328 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3329 the_insn.format = 22;
3330 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3331 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3332 continue;
3333 }
3334
3335 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3336 case 'z':
3337 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3338 get_expression (s);
3339 s = expr_end;
3340 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3341 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3342 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3343 "L$0\001"))
3344 {
3345 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3346 if (num % 4)
3347 {
3348 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3349 break;
3350 }
3351 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3352 num -= 8;
3353 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3354 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3355 continue;
3356 }
3357 else
3358 {
3359 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3360 the_insn.format = 17;
3361 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3362 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3363 continue;
3364 }
3365
3366 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3367 case 'Z':
3368 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3369 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3370 {
3371 s += 4;
3372 continue;
3373 }
3374 else
3375 break;
3376
3377 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3378 case 'Y':
3379 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3380 break;
3381 s += 9;
3382 continue;
3383
3384 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3385 case '@':
3386 if (*s != '0')
3387 break;
3388 s++;
3389 continue;
3390
3391 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3392 case '.':
3393 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3394 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3395 break;
3396 s = expr_end;
3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3399
3400 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3401 case '*':
3402 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3403 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3404 break;
3405 s = expr_end;
3406 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3407 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3408
3409 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3410 case 'p':
3411 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3412 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3413 break;
3414 s = expr_end;
3415 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3416 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3417
3418 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3419 case '~':
3420 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3421 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3422 break;
3423 s = expr_end;
3424 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3425 num = 63 - num;
3426 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3427 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3428
3429 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3430 case '%':
3431 flag = 0;
3432 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3433 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3434 break;
3435 s = expr_end;
3436 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3437 num--;
3438 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3439 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3440 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3441
3442 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3443 case '|':
3444 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3445 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3446 break;
3447 s = expr_end;
3448 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3449 num--;
3450 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3451 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3452 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3453
3454 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3455 case 'P':
3456 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3457 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3458 break;
3459 s = expr_end;
3460 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3461 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3462
3463 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3464 case 'q':
3465 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3466 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3467 break;
3468 s = expr_end;
3469 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3470 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3471 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3472
3473 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3474 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3475 case 'B':
3476 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3477 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3478 break;
3479 s = expr_end;
3480 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3481 if (num & 0x20)
3482 ;
3483 else
3484 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3485 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3486
3487 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3488 case 'Q':
3489 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3490 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3491 break;
3492 s = expr_end;
3493 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3494 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3495
3496 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3497 case '$':
3498 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3499 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3500 break;
3501 s = expr_end;
3502 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3503 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3504
3505 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3506 case 'A':
3507 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3508 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3509 break;
3510 s = expr_end;
3511 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3512 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3513
3514 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3515 case 'D':
3516 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3517 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3518 break;
3519 s = expr_end;
3520 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3521 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3522
3523 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3524 case 'v':
3525 if (*s++ != ',')
3526 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3527 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3528 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3529 break;
3530 s = expr_end;
3531 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3532 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3533
3534 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3535 case 'O':
3536 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3537 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3538 break;
3539 s = expr_end;
3540 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3541 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3542 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3543
3544 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3545 case 'o':
3546 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3547 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3548 break;
3549 s = expr_end;
3550 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3551 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3552
3553 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3554 case '0':
3555 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3556 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3557 break;
3558 s = expr_end;
3559 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3560 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3562
3563 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3564 case '1':
3565 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3566 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3567 break;
3568 s = expr_end;
3569 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3570 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3571 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3572
3573 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3574 case 'u':
3575 if (*s++ != ',')
3576 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3577 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3578 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3579 break;
3580 s = expr_end;
3581 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3582 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3583
3584 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3585 case '2':
3586 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3587 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3588 break;
3589 s = expr_end;
3590 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3591 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3593
3594 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3595 case '{':
3596 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3597 {
3598 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3599 s += 2;
3600 }
3601 else
3602 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3603 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3604 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3605 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3606 flag = SGL;
3607 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3608 flag = DBL;
3609 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3610 flag = QUAD;
3611 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3612
3613 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3614 case '_':
3615 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3616 s--;
3617 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3618 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3619 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3620 flag = SGL;
3621 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3622 flag = DBL;
3623 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3624 flag = QUAD;
3625 opcode |= flag << 13;
3626 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3627 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3628 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3629 {
3630 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3631 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3632 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3633 flag = 0;
3634 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3635 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3636 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3637 flag = 2;
3638 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3639 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3640 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3641 flag = 6;
3642 else
3643 abort ();
3644 }
3645 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3646 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3647 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3648 {
3649 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3650 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3651 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3652 flag = 1;
3653 else
3654 abort ();
3655 }
3656 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3657 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3658 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3659 {
3660 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3661 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3662 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3663 flag = 5;
3664 else
3665 abort ();
3666 }
3667 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3668 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3669
3670 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3671 case 'F':
3672 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3673 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3675
3676 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3677 case 'G':
3678 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3679 s--;
3680 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3681 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3682 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3683
3684 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3685 case 'I':
3686 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3687 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3688 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3689
3690 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3691 Only allows single and double precision. */
3692 case 'H':
3693 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3694 switch (flag)
3695 {
3696 case SGL:
3697 opcode |= 0x20;
3698 case DBL:
3699 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3700 continue;
3701
3702 case QUAD:
3703 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3704 default:
3705 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3706 }
3707 break;
3708
3709 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3710 case 'f':
3711 switch (*++args)
3712 {
3713 /* Float target register. */
3714 case 't':
3715 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3716 break;
3717 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3720
3721 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3722 case 'T':
3723 {
3724 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3725 break;
3726 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3728 opcode |= num;
3729
3730 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3731 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3732 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3733 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3734 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3735 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3736
3737 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3738 continue;
3739 }
3740
3741 /* Float operand 1. */
3742 case 'a':
3743 {
3744 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3745 break;
3746 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3747 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3748 opcode |= num << 21;
3749 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3750 {
3751 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3752 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3753 }
3754 continue;
3755 }
3756
3757 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3758 case 'X':
3759 case 'A':
3760 {
3761 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3762 break;
3763 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3764 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3765 opcode |= num << 21;
3766 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3767 continue;
3768 }
3769
3770 /* Float operand 2. */
3771 case 'b':
3772 {
3773 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3774 break;
3775 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3776 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3777 opcode |= num << 16;
3778 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3779 {
3780 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3781 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3782 }
3783 continue;
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3787 case 'B':
3788 {
3789 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3790 break;
3791 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3792 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3793 opcode |= num << 16;
3794 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3795 continue;
3796 }
3797
3798 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3799 case 'C':
3800 {
3801 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3802 break;
3803 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3804 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3805 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3806 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3807 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3808 continue;
3809 }
3810
3811 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3812 case 'i':
3813 {
3814 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3815 break;
3816 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3817 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3818 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3819 {
3820 if (num < 16)
3821 {
3822 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3823 break;
3824 }
3825 num &= 0xF;
3826 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3827 }
3828 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3829 }
3830
3831 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3832 case 'j':
3833 {
3834 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3835 break;
3836 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3837 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3838 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3839 {
3840 if (num < 16)
3841 {
3842 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3843 break;
3844 }
3845 num &= 0xF;
3846 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3847 }
3848 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3849 }
3850
3851 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3852 case 'k':
3853 {
3854 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3855 break;
3856 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3857 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3858 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3859 {
3860 if (num < 16)
3861 {
3862 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3863 break;
3864 }
3865 num &= 0xF;
3866 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3867 }
3868 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3869 }
3870
3871 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3872 case 'l':
3873 {
3874 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3875 break;
3876 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3877 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3878 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3879 {
3880 if (num < 16)
3881 {
3882 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3883 break;
3884 }
3885 num &= 0xF;
3886 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3887 }
3888 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3889 }
3890
3891 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3892 case 'm':
3893 {
3894 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3895 break;
3896 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3897 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3898 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3899 {
3900 if (num < 16)
3901 {
3902 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3903 break;
3904 }
3905 num &= 0xF;
3906 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3907 }
3908 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3909 }
3910
3911 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3912 case 'E':
3913 case 'e':
3914 {
3915 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3916 break;
3917 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3918 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3919 opcode |= num << 16;
3920 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3921 {
3922 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3923 }
3924 continue;
3925 }
3926
3927 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3928 case 'x':
3929 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3930 break;
3931 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3932 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3933 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3934
3935 default:
3936 abort ();
3937 }
3938 break;
3939
3940 default:
3941 abort ();
3942 }
3943 break;
3944 }
3945
3946 failed:
3947 /* Check if the args matched. */
3948 if (match == FALSE)
3949 {
3950 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3951 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3952 {
3953 ++insn;
3954 s = argstart;
3955 continue;
3956 }
3957 else
3958 {
3959 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3960 return;
3961 }
3962 }
3963 break;
3964 }
3965
3966 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3967 }
3968
3969 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3970 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3971 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3972
3973 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3974
3975 char *
3976 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3977 char type;
3978 char *litP;
3979 int *sizeP;
3980 {
3981 int prec;
3982 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3983 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3984 char *t;
3985
3986 switch (type)
3987 {
3988
3989 case 'f':
3990 case 'F':
3991 case 's':
3992 case 'S':
3993 prec = 2;
3994 break;
3995
3996 case 'd':
3997 case 'D':
3998 case 'r':
3999 case 'R':
4000 prec = 4;
4001 break;
4002
4003 case 'x':
4004 case 'X':
4005 prec = 6;
4006 break;
4007
4008 case 'p':
4009 case 'P':
4010 prec = 6;
4011 break;
4012
4013 default:
4014 *sizeP = 0;
4015 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4016 }
4017 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4018 if (t)
4019 input_line_pointer = t;
4020 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4021 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4022 {
4023 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4024 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4025 }
4026 return NULL;
4027 }
4028
4029 /* Write out big-endian. */
4030
4031 void
4032 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4033 char *buf;
4034 valueT val;
4035 int n;
4036 {
4037 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4038 }
4039
4040 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4041 format. */
4042
4043 arelent **
4044 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4045 asection *section;
4046 fixS *fixp;
4047 {
4048 arelent *reloc;
4049 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4050 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4051 arelent **relocs;
4052 reloc_type **codes;
4053 reloc_type code;
4054 int n_relocs;
4055 int i;
4056
4057 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4058 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4059 return &no_relocs;
4060
4061 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4062 assert (section != 0);
4063
4064 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4065
4066 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4067 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4068 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4069 fixp->fx_r_type,
4070 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4071 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4072 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4073 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4074
4075 if (codes == NULL)
4076 {
4077 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4078 abort ();
4079 }
4080
4081 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4082 ;
4083
4084 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4085 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4086 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4087 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4088
4089 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4090
4091 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4092 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4093 {
4094 default:
4095 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4096
4097 code = *codes[0];
4098
4099 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4100 switch (code)
4101 {
4102 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4103 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4104 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4105 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4106 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4107 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4108 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4109 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4110 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4111 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4112
4113 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4114 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4115 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4116 reloc->addend = 0;
4117 break;
4118
4119 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4120 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4121 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4122 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4123 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4124 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4125 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4126 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4127 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4128 fixp->fx_offset);
4129 break;
4130 #endif
4131
4132 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4133 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4134 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4135 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4136 /* Fall thru */
4137
4138 default:
4139 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4140 break;
4141 }
4142
4143 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4144 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4145 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4146 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4147 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4148
4149 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4150 break;
4151 }
4152 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4153
4154 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4155 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4156 {
4157 code = *codes[i];
4158
4159 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4160 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4161 relocs[i]->howto =
4162 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4163 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4164 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4165
4166 switch (code)
4167 {
4168 case R_COMP2:
4169 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4170 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4171 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4172 assert (i == 1);
4173 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4174 relocs[0]->howto =
4175 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4176 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4177 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4178 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4179 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4180 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4181 relocs[1]->howto =
4182 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4183 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4184 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4185 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4186 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4187 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4188 relocs[2]->howto =
4189 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4190 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4191 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4192 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4193 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4194 relocs[3]->howto =
4195 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4196 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4197 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4198 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4199 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4200 relocs[4]->howto =
4201 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4202 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4203 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4204 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4205 goto done;
4206 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4207 case R_ABS_CALL:
4208 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4209 break;
4210
4211 case R_DLT_REL:
4212 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4213 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4214 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4215 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4216 (static link required).
4217
4218 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4219
4220 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4221 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4222 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4223 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4224 break;
4225
4226 case R_N_MODE:
4227 case R_S_MODE:
4228 case R_D_MODE:
4229 case R_R_MODE:
4230 case R_FSEL:
4231 case R_LSEL:
4232 case R_RSEL:
4233 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4234 case R_END_BRTAB:
4235 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4236 case R_N0SEL:
4237 case R_N1SEL:
4238 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4239 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4240 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4241 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4242 break;
4243
4244 case R_END_TRY:
4245 case R_ENTRY:
4246 case R_EXIT:
4247 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4248 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4249 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4250 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4251 break;
4252
4253 default:
4254 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4255 }
4256 }
4257
4258 done:
4259 #endif
4260
4261 return relocs;
4262 }
4263
4264 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4265
4266 void
4267 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4268 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4269 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4270 register fragS *fragP;
4271 {
4272 unsigned int address;
4273
4274 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4275 {
4276 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4277 {
4278 case 0:
4279 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4280 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4281 know (fragP->fr_next);
4282 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4283 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4284 {
4285 fragP->fr_offset =
4286 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4287 - fragP->fr_address
4288 - fragP->fr_fix;
4289 }
4290 else
4291 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4292 break;
4293 }
4294 }
4295 }
4296
4297 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4298
4299 valueT
4300 md_section_align (segment, size)
4301 asection *segment;
4302 valueT size;
4303 {
4304 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4305 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4306
4307 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4308 }
4309
4310 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4311 int
4312 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4313 register fragS *fragP;
4314 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4315 {
4316 int size;
4317
4318 size = 0;
4319
4320 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4321 size++;
4322
4323 return size;
4324 }
4325 \f
4326 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4327 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4328 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4329 # else
4330 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4331 # endif
4332 #else
4333 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4334 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4335 # else
4336 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4337 # endif
4338 #endif
4339
4340 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4341 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4342 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4343 #endif
4344 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4345 };
4346 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4347
4348 int
4349 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4350 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4351 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4352 {
4353 switch (c)
4354 {
4355 default:
4356 return 0;
4357
4358 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4359 case 'V':
4360 print_version_id ();
4361 break;
4362 #endif
4363 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4364 case 'c':
4365 warn_comment = 1;
4366 break;
4367 #endif
4368 }
4369
4370 return 1;
4371 }
4372
4373 void
4374 md_show_usage (stream)
4375 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4376 {
4377 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4378 fprintf (stream, _("\
4379 -Q ignored\n"));
4380 #endif
4381 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4382 fprintf (stream, _("\
4383 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4384 #endif
4385 }
4386 \f
4387 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4388
4389 symbolS *
4390 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4391 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4392 {
4393 return 0;
4394 }
4395
4396 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4397 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4398 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4399 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4400 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4401 #else
4402 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4403 #endif
4404
4405 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4406
4407 int
4408 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4409 fixS *fixP;
4410 valueT *valp;
4411 {
4412 unsigned char *buf;
4413 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4414 offsetT new_val;
4415 int insn, val, fmt;
4416
4417 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4418 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4419 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4420 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4421 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4422 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4423 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4424 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4425 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4426 return 1;
4427
4428 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4429 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4430 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4431 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4432 {
4433 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4434 return 1;
4435 }
4436 #endif
4437 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4438 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4439 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4440 return 1;
4441 #endif
4442
4443 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4444 with the GAS fixup. */
4445 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4446 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4447 {
4448 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4449 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4450 fixP->fx_r_type);
4451 return 0;
4452 }
4453
4454 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4455 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4456 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4457
4458 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4459 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4460 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4461 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4462 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4463 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4464 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4465 && fmt != 32
4466 #endif
4467 )
4468 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4469 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4470 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4471 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4472 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4473 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4474 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4475 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4476 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4477 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4478 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4479 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4480 else if (fmt == 32
4481 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4482 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4483 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4484 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4485 #endif
4486 else
4487 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4488
4489 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4490 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4491 && fixP->fx_addsy
4492 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4493 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4494 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4495 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4496 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4497 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4498 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4499 #endif
4500 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4501 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4502 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4503 #endif
4504 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4505 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4506 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4507 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4508 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4509 {
4510 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4511 }
4512
4513 switch (fmt)
4514 {
4515 case 10:
4516 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4517 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4518 val = new_val;
4519
4520 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4521 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4522 break;
4523 case -11:
4524 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4525 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4526 val = new_val;
4527
4528 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4529 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4530 break;
4531 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4532 case 14:
4533 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4534 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4535 val = new_val;
4536
4537 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4538 break;
4539
4540 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4541 case 21:
4542 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4543 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4544 val = new_val;
4545
4546 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4547 break;
4548
4549 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4550 case 11:
4551 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4552 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4553 val = new_val;
4554
4555 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4556 break;
4557
4558 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4559 case 12:
4560 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4561 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4562 val = new_val - 8;
4563
4564 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4565 break;
4566
4567 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4568 case 17:
4569 {
4570 offsetT distance = *valp;
4571
4572 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4573 range target, then we want to complain. */
4574 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4575 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4576 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4577 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4578
4579 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4580 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4581 val = new_val - 8;
4582
4583 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4584 break;
4585 }
4586
4587 case 22:
4588 {
4589 offsetT distance = *valp;
4590
4591 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4592 range target, then we want to complain. */
4593 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4594 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4595 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4596 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4597
4598 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4599 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4600 val = new_val - 8;
4601
4602 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4603 break;
4604 }
4605
4606 case -10:
4607 val = new_val;
4608 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4609 break;
4610
4611 case -16:
4612 val = new_val;
4613 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4614 break;
4615
4616 case 16:
4617 val = new_val;
4618 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4619 break;
4620
4621 case 32:
4622 insn = new_val;
4623 break;
4624
4625 default:
4626 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4627 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4628 return 0;
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Insert the relocation. */
4632 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4633 return 1;
4634 }
4635
4636 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4637 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4638
4639 long
4640 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4641 fixS *fixP;
4642 {
4643 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4647 a statement. */
4648
4649 static int
4650 is_end_of_statement ()
4651 {
4652 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4653 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4654 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4655 }
4656
4657 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4658 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4659 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4660
4661 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4662 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4663 returned in `pa_number'.
4664
4665 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4666 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4667 not set.
4668
4669 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4670 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4671
4672 static int
4673 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4674 char **s;
4675 int is_float;
4676 {
4677 int num;
4678 char *name;
4679 char c;
4680 symbolS *sym;
4681 int status;
4682 char *p = *s;
4683 boolean have_prefix;
4684
4685 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4686 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4687 p = p + 1;
4688
4689 pa_number = -1;
4690 have_prefix = 0;
4691 num = 0;
4692 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4693 {
4694 /* Looks like a number. */
4695
4696 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4697 {
4698 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4699 p += 2;
4700 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4701 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4702 {
4703 if (isdigit (*p))
4704 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4705 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4706 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4707 else
4708 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4709 ++p;
4710 }
4711 }
4712 else
4713 {
4714 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4715 while (isdigit (*p))
4716 {
4717 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4718 ++p;
4719 }
4720 }
4721
4722 pa_number = num;
4723
4724 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4725 if (is_float)
4726 {
4727 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4728 if (! (is_float & 2))
4729 {
4730 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4731 {
4732 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4733 ++p;
4734 }
4735 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4736 {
4737 ++p;
4738 }
4739 }
4740 }
4741 }
4742 else if (*p == '%')
4743 {
4744 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4745 have_prefix = 1;
4746 name = p;
4747 p++;
4748 c = *p;
4749 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4750 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4751 slow. */
4752 if (c == 'r')
4753 {
4754 p++;
4755 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4756 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4757 {
4758 p += 2;
4759 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4760 p++;
4761 }
4762 else if (*p == 'p')
4763 {
4764 num = 2;
4765 p++;
4766 }
4767 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4768 {
4769 if (print_errors)
4770 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4771 num = -1;
4772 }
4773 else
4774 {
4775 do
4776 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4777 while (isdigit (*p));
4778 }
4779 }
4780 else
4781 {
4782 /* Do a normal register search. */
4783 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4784 {
4785 p = p + 1;
4786 c = *p;
4787 }
4788 *p = 0;
4789 status = reg_name_search (name);
4790 if (status >= 0)
4791 num = status;
4792 else
4793 {
4794 if (print_errors)
4795 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4796 num = -1;
4797 }
4798 *p = c;
4799 }
4800
4801 pa_number = num;
4802 }
4803 else
4804 {
4805 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4806 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4807 name = p;
4808 c = *p;
4809 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4810 {
4811 p = p + 1;
4812 c = *p;
4813 }
4814 *p = 0;
4815 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4816 {
4817 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4818 {
4819 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4820 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4821 register, so... */
4822 have_prefix = true;
4823 }
4824 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4825 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4826 else if (!strict)
4827 {
4828 if (print_errors)
4829 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4830 num = -1;
4831 }
4832 }
4833 else if (!strict)
4834 {
4835 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4836 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4837 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4838 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4839 if (*name == 0)
4840 num = 0;
4841 else
4842 {
4843 if (print_errors)
4844 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4845 num = -1;
4846 }
4847 }
4848 *p = c;
4849
4850 pa_number = num;
4851 }
4852
4853 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4854 {
4855 *s = p;
4856 return 1;
4857 }
4858 return 0;
4859 }
4860
4861 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4862
4863 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4864 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4865
4866 static int
4867 reg_name_search (name)
4868 char *name;
4869 {
4870 int middle, low, high;
4871 int cmp;
4872
4873 low = 0;
4874 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4875
4876 do
4877 {
4878 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4879 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4880 if (cmp < 0)
4881 high = middle - 1;
4882 else if (cmp > 0)
4883 low = middle + 1;
4884 else
4885 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4886 }
4887 while (low <= high);
4888
4889 return -1;
4890 }
4891
4892 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4893 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4894
4895 static int
4896 need_pa11_opcode ()
4897 {
4898 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4899 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4900 {
4901 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4902 then set a new architecture. */
4903 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4904 {
4905 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4906 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4907 }
4908 return TRUE;
4909 }
4910 else
4911 return FALSE;
4912 }
4913
4914 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4915 code associated with the condition. */
4916
4917 static int
4918 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4919 char **s;
4920 {
4921 int cond, i;
4922
4923 cond = 0;
4924
4925 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4926 {
4927 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4928 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4929 {
4930 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4931 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4932 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4933 report an error. */
4934 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4935 {
4936 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4937 break;
4938 }
4939 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4940 *s = *s + 1;
4941 return cond;
4942 }
4943 }
4944
4945 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4946
4947 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4948 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4949 *s += 1;
4950
4951 return 0;
4952 }
4953
4954 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4955
4956 static int
4957 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4958 char **s;
4959 {
4960 int value;
4961
4962 value = 0;
4963 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4964 {
4965 value = 5;
4966 *s += 4;
4967 }
4968 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4969 {
4970 value = 9;
4971 *s += 4;
4972 }
4973 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4974 {
4975 value = 13;
4976 *s += 4;
4977 }
4978 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4979 {
4980 value = 17;
4981 *s += 4;
4982 }
4983 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4984 {
4985 value = 1;
4986 *s += 3;
4987 }
4988 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4989 {
4990 value = 6;
4991 *s += 4;
4992 }
4993 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4994 {
4995 value = 2;
4996 *s += 3;
4997 }
4998 else
4999 {
5000 value = 0;
5001 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
5002 }
5003
5004 return value;
5005 }
5006
5007 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5008 type. */
5009
5010 static fp_operand_format
5011 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5012 char **s;
5013 {
5014 int format;
5015
5016 format = SGL;
5017 if (**s == ',')
5018 {
5019 *s += 1;
5020 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5021 {
5022 format = SGL;
5023 *s += 4;
5024 }
5025 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5026 {
5027 format = DBL;
5028 *s += 4;
5029 }
5030 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5031 {
5032 format = QUAD;
5033 *s += 5;
5034 }
5035 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5036 {
5037 format = W;
5038 *s += 2;
5039 }
5040 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5041 {
5042 format = UW;
5043 *s += 3;
5044 }
5045 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5046 {
5047 format = DW;
5048 *s += 3;
5049 }
5050 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5051 {
5052 format = UDW;
5053 *s += 4;
5054 }
5055 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5056 {
5057 format = QW;
5058 *s += 3;
5059 }
5060 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5061 {
5062 format = UQW;
5063 *s += 4;
5064 }
5065 else
5066 {
5067 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5068 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5069 }
5070 }
5071
5072 return format;
5073 }
5074
5075 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5076 type. */
5077
5078 static fp_operand_format
5079 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5080 char **s;
5081 {
5082 int format;
5083
5084 format = SGL;
5085 if (**s == ',')
5086 {
5087 *s += 1;
5088 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5089 {
5090 format = SGL;
5091 *s += 4;
5092 }
5093 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5094 {
5095 format = DBL;
5096 *s += 4;
5097 }
5098 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5099 {
5100 format = QUAD;
5101 *s += 5;
5102 }
5103 else
5104 {
5105 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5106 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5107 }
5108 }
5109
5110 return format;
5111 }
5112
5113 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5114
5115 static int
5116 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5117 char **str;
5118 {
5119 int middle, low, high;
5120 int cmp;
5121 char name[4];
5122
5123 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5124 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5125 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5126 *str = *str + 1;
5127
5128 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5129 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5130 name[1] = 0;
5131 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5132 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5133 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5134 name[2] = 0;
5135 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5136 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5137 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5138 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5139 name[3] = 0;
5140 else
5141 return e_fsel;
5142
5143 low = 0;
5144 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5145
5146 do
5147 {
5148 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5149 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5150 if (cmp < 0)
5151 high = middle - 1;
5152 else if (cmp > 0)
5153 low = middle + 1;
5154 else
5155 {
5156 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5157 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5158 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5159 return e_fsel;
5160 #endif
5161 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5162 }
5163 }
5164 while (low <= high);
5165
5166 return e_fsel;
5167 }
5168
5169 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5170
5171 static int
5172 get_expression (str)
5173 char *str;
5174 {
5175 char *save_in;
5176 asection *seg;
5177
5178 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5179 input_line_pointer = str;
5180 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5181 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5182 || seg == undefined_section
5183 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5184 {
5185 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5186 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5187 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5188 return 1;
5189 }
5190 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5191 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5192 return 0;
5193 }
5194
5195 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5196 static int
5197 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5198 struct pa_it *insn;
5199 char **strp;
5200 {
5201 char *save_in;
5202
5203 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5204 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5205 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5206 expression (&insn->exp);
5207 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5208
5209 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5210 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5211 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5212
5213 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5214 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5215 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5216 {
5217 char *s, c;
5218 int retval;
5219
5220 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5221 s = *strp;
5222 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5223 s++;
5224
5225 c = *s;
5226 *s = 0;
5227
5228 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5229
5230 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5231 *s = c;
5232 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5233 }
5234 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5235 and return to our caller. */
5236 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5237 {
5238 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5239 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5240 return 0;
5241 }
5242 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5243 {
5244 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5245 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5246 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5247 return 0;
5248 }
5249 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5250 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5251 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5252 }
5253
5254 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5255 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5256 static int
5257 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5258 struct pa_it *insn;
5259 {
5260 offsetT value;
5261 expressionS exp;
5262 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5263
5264 exp = insn->exp;
5265 value = exp.X_add_number;
5266
5267 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5268 }
5269
5270 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5271 argument location number. */
5272
5273 static unsigned int
5274 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5275 char *type_name;
5276 {
5277
5278 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5279 return 0;
5280 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5281 return 1;
5282 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5283 return 2;
5284 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5285 return 3;
5286 else
5287 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5288
5289 return 0;
5290 }
5291
5292 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5293 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5294
5295 static unsigned int
5296 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5297 unsigned int reg;
5298 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5299 {
5300 unsigned int new_reloc;
5301
5302 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5303 switch (reg)
5304 {
5305 case 0:
5306 new_reloc <<= 8;
5307 break;
5308 case 1:
5309 new_reloc <<= 6;
5310 break;
5311 case 2:
5312 new_reloc <<= 4;
5313 break;
5314 case 3:
5315 new_reloc <<= 2;
5316 break;
5317 default:
5318 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5319 }
5320
5321 return new_reloc;
5322 }
5323
5324 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5325 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5326
5327 static int
5328 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5329 char **s;
5330 {
5331 int nullif;
5332
5333 nullif = 0;
5334 if (**s == ',')
5335 {
5336 *s = *s + 1;
5337 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5338 nullif = 1;
5339 else
5340 {
5341 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5342 nullif = 0;
5343 }
5344 *s = *s + 1;
5345 }
5346
5347 return nullif;
5348 }
5349
5350 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5351 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5352
5353 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5354 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5355 computational instruction. */
5356
5357 static int
5358 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5359 char **s;
5360 int isbranch;
5361 {
5362 int cmpltr;
5363 char *name = *s + 1;
5364 char c;
5365 char *save_s = *s;
5366 int nullify = 0;
5367
5368 cmpltr = 0;
5369 if (**s == ',')
5370 {
5371 *s += 1;
5372 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5373 *s += 1;
5374 c = **s;
5375 **s = 0x00;
5376
5377 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5378 {
5379 cmpltr = 1;
5380 }
5381 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5382 {
5383 cmpltr = 2;
5384 }
5385 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5386 {
5387 cmpltr = 3;
5388 }
5389 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5390 {
5391 cmpltr = 4;
5392 }
5393 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5394 {
5395 cmpltr = 5;
5396 }
5397 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5398 {
5399 cmpltr = 6;
5400 }
5401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5402 {
5403 cmpltr = 7;
5404 }
5405 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5406 completer. */
5407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5408 {
5409 cmpltr = 0;
5410 nullify = 1;
5411 }
5412 else
5413 {
5414 cmpltr = -1;
5415 }
5416 **s = c;
5417 }
5418
5419 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5420 if (nullify)
5421 *s = save_s;
5422
5423 return cmpltr;
5424 }
5425
5426 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5427 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5428
5429 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5430 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5431 computational instruction. */
5432
5433 static int
5434 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5435 char **s;
5436 int isbranch;
5437 {
5438 int cmpltr;
5439 char *name = *s + 1;
5440 char c;
5441 char *save_s = *s;
5442 int nullify = 0;
5443
5444 cmpltr = 0;
5445 if (**s == ',')
5446 {
5447 *s += 1;
5448 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5449 *s += 1;
5450 c = **s;
5451 **s = 0x00;
5452
5453 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5454 {
5455 cmpltr = 0;
5456 }
5457 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5458 {
5459 cmpltr = 1;
5460 }
5461 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5462 {
5463 cmpltr = 2;
5464 }
5465 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5466 {
5467 cmpltr = 3;
5468 }
5469 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5470 {
5471 cmpltr = 4;
5472 }
5473 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5474 {
5475 cmpltr = 5;
5476 }
5477 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5478 {
5479 cmpltr = 6;
5480 }
5481 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5482 {
5483 cmpltr = 7;
5484 }
5485 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5486 completer. */
5487 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5488 {
5489 cmpltr = 0;
5490 nullify = 1;
5491 }
5492 else
5493 {
5494 cmpltr = -1;
5495 }
5496 **s = c;
5497 }
5498
5499 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5500 if (nullify)
5501 *s = save_s;
5502
5503 return cmpltr;
5504 }
5505
5506 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5507 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5508
5509 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5510 returned as 8-15. */
5511
5512 static int
5513 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5514 char **s;
5515 {
5516 int cmpltr;
5517 char *name = *s + 1;
5518 char c;
5519
5520 cmpltr = -1;
5521 if (**s == ',')
5522 {
5523 *s += 1;
5524 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5525 *s += 1;
5526 c = **s;
5527 **s = 0x00;
5528
5529 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5530 {
5531 cmpltr = 0;
5532 }
5533 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5534 {
5535 cmpltr = 1;
5536 }
5537 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5538 {
5539 cmpltr = 2;
5540 }
5541 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5542 {
5543 cmpltr = 3;
5544 }
5545 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5546 {
5547 cmpltr = 4;
5548 }
5549 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5550 {
5551 cmpltr = 5;
5552 }
5553 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5554 {
5555 cmpltr = 6;
5556 }
5557 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5558 {
5559 cmpltr = 7;
5560 }
5561 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5562 {
5563 cmpltr = 8;
5564 }
5565 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5566 {
5567 cmpltr = 9;
5568 }
5569 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5570 {
5571 cmpltr = 10;
5572 }
5573 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5574 {
5575 cmpltr = 11;
5576 }
5577 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5578 {
5579 cmpltr = 12;
5580 }
5581 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5582 {
5583 cmpltr = 13;
5584 }
5585 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5586 {
5587 cmpltr = 14;
5588 }
5589 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5590 {
5591 cmpltr = 15;
5592 }
5593 else
5594 {
5595 cmpltr = -1;
5596 }
5597 **s = c;
5598 }
5599
5600 return cmpltr;
5601 }
5602
5603 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5604 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5605
5606 static int
5607 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5608 char **s;
5609 {
5610 int cmpltr;
5611 char *name = *s + 1;
5612 char c;
5613
5614 cmpltr = -1;
5615 if (**s == ',')
5616 {
5617 *s += 1;
5618 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5619 *s += 1;
5620 c = **s;
5621 **s = 0x00;
5622
5623 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5624 {
5625 cmpltr = 0;
5626 }
5627 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5628 {
5629 cmpltr = 1;
5630 }
5631 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5632 {
5633 cmpltr = 2;
5634 }
5635 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5636 {
5637 cmpltr = 3;
5638 }
5639 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5640 {
5641 cmpltr = 4;
5642 }
5643 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5644 {
5645 cmpltr = 5;
5646 }
5647 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5648 {
5649 cmpltr = 6;
5650 }
5651 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5652 {
5653 cmpltr = 7;
5654 }
5655 else
5656 {
5657 cmpltr = -1;
5658 }
5659 **s = c;
5660 }
5661
5662 return cmpltr;
5663 }
5664
5665 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5666 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5667
5668 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5669 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5670 computational instruction. */
5671
5672 static int
5673 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5674 char **s;
5675 int isbranch;
5676 {
5677 int cmpltr;
5678 char *name = *s + 1;
5679 char c;
5680 char *save_s = *s;
5681
5682 cmpltr = 0;
5683 if (**s == ',')
5684 {
5685 *s += 1;
5686 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5687 *s += 1;
5688 c = **s;
5689 **s = 0x00;
5690 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5691 {
5692 cmpltr = 1;
5693 }
5694 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5695 {
5696 cmpltr = 2;
5697 }
5698 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5699 {
5700 cmpltr = 3;
5701 }
5702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5703 {
5704 cmpltr = 4;
5705 }
5706 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5707 {
5708 cmpltr = 5;
5709 }
5710 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5711 {
5712 cmpltr = 6;
5713 }
5714 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5715 {
5716 cmpltr = 7;
5717 }
5718 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5719 completer. */
5720 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5721 {
5722 cmpltr = 0;
5723 }
5724 else
5725 {
5726 cmpltr = -1;
5727 }
5728 **s = c;
5729 }
5730
5731 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5732 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5733 *s = save_s;
5734
5735 return cmpltr;
5736 }
5737
5738 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5739 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5740
5741 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5742 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5743 computational instruction). */
5744
5745 static int
5746 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5747 char **s;
5748 int isbranch;
5749 {
5750 int cmpltr;
5751 char *name = *s + 1;
5752 char c;
5753 char *save_s = *s;
5754
5755 cmpltr = 0;
5756 if (**s == ',')
5757 {
5758 *s += 1;
5759 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5760 *s += 1;
5761 c = **s;
5762 **s = 0x00;
5763 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5764 {
5765 cmpltr = 0;
5766 }
5767 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5768 {
5769 cmpltr = 1;
5770 }
5771 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5772 {
5773 cmpltr = 2;
5774 }
5775 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5776 {
5777 cmpltr = 3;
5778 }
5779 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 4;
5782 }
5783 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5784 {
5785 cmpltr = 5;
5786 }
5787 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = 6;
5790 }
5791 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5792 {
5793 cmpltr = 7;
5794 }
5795 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5796 completer. */
5797 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5798 {
5799 cmpltr = 0;
5800 }
5801 else
5802 {
5803 cmpltr = -1;
5804 }
5805 **s = c;
5806 }
5807
5808 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5809 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5810 *s = save_s;
5811
5812 return cmpltr;
5813 }
5814
5815 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5816 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5817
5818 static int
5819 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5820 char **s;
5821 {
5822 int cmpltr;
5823 char *name = *s + 1;
5824 char c;
5825 char *save_s = *s;
5826 int nullify = 0;
5827
5828 cmpltr = 0;
5829 if (**s == ',')
5830 {
5831 *s += 1;
5832 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5833 *s += 1;
5834 c = **s;
5835 **s = 0x00;
5836 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5837 {
5838 cmpltr = 1;
5839 }
5840 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5841 {
5842 cmpltr = 2;
5843 }
5844 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5845 {
5846 cmpltr = 3;
5847 }
5848 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5849 {
5850 cmpltr = 4;
5851 }
5852 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5853 {
5854 cmpltr = 5;
5855 }
5856 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5857 {
5858 cmpltr = 6;
5859 }
5860 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5861 {
5862 cmpltr = 7;
5863 }
5864 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5865 {
5866 cmpltr = 8;
5867 }
5868 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5869 {
5870 cmpltr = 9;
5871 }
5872 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5873 {
5874 cmpltr = 10;
5875 }
5876 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5877 {
5878 cmpltr = 11;
5879 }
5880 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5881 {
5882 cmpltr = 12;
5883 }
5884 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5885 {
5886 cmpltr = 13;
5887 }
5888 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5889 {
5890 cmpltr = 14;
5891 }
5892 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5893 {
5894 cmpltr = 15;
5895 }
5896 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5897 completer. */
5898 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5899 {
5900 cmpltr = 0;
5901 nullify = 1;
5902 }
5903 else
5904 {
5905 cmpltr = -1;
5906 }
5907 **s = c;
5908 }
5909
5910 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5911 if (nullify)
5912 *s = save_s;
5913
5914 return cmpltr;
5915 }
5916
5917 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5918 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5919 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5920 static void
5921 pa_align (bytes)
5922 int bytes;
5923 {
5924 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5925 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5926
5927 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5928 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5929
5930 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5931 alignment if necessary. */
5932 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5933 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5934 }
5935 #endif
5936
5937 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5938
5939 static void
5940 pa_block (z)
5941 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5942 {
5943 char *p;
5944 long int temp_fill;
5945 unsigned int temp_size;
5946 unsigned int i;
5947
5948 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5949 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5950 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5951 #endif
5952
5953 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5954
5955 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5956 temp_fill = 0;
5957
5958 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5959 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5960 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5961
5962 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5963
5964 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5965 {
5966 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5967 (valueT) temp_fill,
5968 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5969 }
5970
5971 pa_undefine_label ();
5972 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5973 }
5974
5975 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5976
5977 static void
5978 pa_brtab (begin)
5979 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5980 {
5981
5982 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5983 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5984 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5985 char *where = frag_more (0);
5986
5987 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5988 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5989 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5990 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5991 #endif
5992
5993 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5994 }
5995
5996 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5997
5998 static void
5999 pa_try (begin)
6000 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6001 {
6002 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6003 expressionS exp;
6004 char *where = frag_more (0);
6005
6006 if (! begin)
6007 expression (&exp);
6008
6009 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
6010 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6011
6012 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6013 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6014 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6015 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6016 #endif
6017
6018 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6019 }
6020
6021 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6022 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6023 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6024
6025 static void
6026 pa_call (unused)
6027 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6028 {
6029 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6030 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6031 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6032 #endif
6033
6034 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6035 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6036 }
6037
6038 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6039 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6040
6041 static void
6042 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6043 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6044 {
6045 char *name, c, *p;
6046 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6047
6048 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6049 {
6050 name = input_line_pointer;
6051 c = get_symbol_end ();
6052 /* Process a source argument. */
6053 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6054 {
6055 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6056 p = input_line_pointer;
6057 *p = c;
6058 input_line_pointer++;
6059 name = input_line_pointer;
6060 c = get_symbol_end ();
6061 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6062 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6063 }
6064 /* Process a return value. */
6065 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6066 {
6067 p = input_line_pointer;
6068 *p = c;
6069 input_line_pointer++;
6070 name = input_line_pointer;
6071 c = get_symbol_end ();
6072 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6073 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6074 }
6075 else
6076 {
6077 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6078 }
6079 p = input_line_pointer;
6080 *p = c;
6081 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6082 input_line_pointer++;
6083 }
6084 }
6085
6086 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6087
6088 static int
6089 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6090 fragS *frag1;
6091 fragS *frag2;
6092 {
6093
6094 if (frag1 == NULL)
6095 return (FALSE);
6096 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6097 return (FALSE);
6098 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6099 return (TRUE);
6100 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6101 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6102 else
6103 return (FALSE);
6104 }
6105
6106 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6107 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6108 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6109 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6110 of the unwind spaces. */
6111
6112 static void
6113 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6114 struct call_info *call_info;
6115 {
6116 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6117 subsegT save_subseg;
6118 unsigned int unwind;
6119 int reloc;
6120 char *p;
6121
6122 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6123 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6124 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6125 return;
6126
6127 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6128 save_seg = now_seg;
6129 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6130 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6131 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6132 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6133 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6134 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6135 {
6136 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6137 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6138 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6139 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6140 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6141 }
6142
6143 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6144
6145 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6146 descriptor. */
6147 p = frag_more (16);
6148
6149 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6150 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6151 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6152 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6153 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6154 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6155
6156 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6157
6158 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6159 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6160 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6161 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6162 finished with its work. */
6163 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6164 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6165 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6166 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6167 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6168
6169 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6170 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6171 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6172
6173 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6174 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6175
6176 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6177 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6178 }
6179 #endif
6180
6181 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6182 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6183 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6184
6185 static void
6186 pa_callinfo (unused)
6187 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6188 {
6189 char *name, c, *p;
6190 int temp;
6191
6192 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6193 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6194 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6195 #endif
6196
6197 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6198 if (!within_procedure)
6199 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6200
6201 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6202 current procedure. */
6203 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6204
6205 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6206 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6207 {
6208 name = input_line_pointer;
6209 c = get_symbol_end ();
6210 /* Frame size specification. */
6211 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6212 {
6213 p = input_line_pointer;
6214 *p = c;
6215 input_line_pointer++;
6216 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6217 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6218 {
6219 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6220 temp = 0;
6221 }
6222
6223 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6224 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6225
6226 }
6227 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6228 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6229 {
6230 p = input_line_pointer;
6231 *p = c;
6232 input_line_pointer++;
6233 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6234 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6235 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6236 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6237 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6238 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6239 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6240 }
6241 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6242 {
6243 p = input_line_pointer;
6244 *p = c;
6245 input_line_pointer++;
6246 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6247 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6248 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6249 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6250 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6251 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6252 }
6253 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6254 {
6255 p = input_line_pointer;
6256 *p = c;
6257 input_line_pointer++;
6258 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6259 if (temp != 3)
6260 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6261 }
6262 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6263 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6264 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6265 {
6266 p = input_line_pointer;
6267 *p = c;
6268 }
6269 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6270 {
6271 p = input_line_pointer;
6272 *p = c;
6273 }
6274 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6275 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6276 {
6277 p = input_line_pointer;
6278 *p = c;
6279 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6280 }
6281 /* Likewise for SP. */
6282 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6283 {
6284 p = input_line_pointer;
6285 *p = c;
6286 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6287 }
6288 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6289 in the unwind descriptor. */
6290 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6291 {
6292 p = input_line_pointer;
6293 *p = c;
6294 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6295 }
6296 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6297 unwind descriptor. */
6298 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6299 {
6300 p = input_line_pointer;
6301 *p = c;
6302 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6303 }
6304 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6305 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6306 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6307 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6308 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6309 {
6310 p = input_line_pointer;
6311 *p = c;
6312 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6313 }
6314 else
6315 {
6316 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6317 *input_line_pointer = c;
6318 }
6319 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6320 input_line_pointer++;
6321 }
6322
6323 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6324 }
6325
6326 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6327 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6328 label when finished. */
6329 static void
6330 pa_text (unused)
6331 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6332 {
6333 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6334 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6335 current_subspace
6336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6337 #endif
6338
6339 s_text (0);
6340 pa_undefine_label ();
6341 }
6342
6343 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6344 static void
6345 pa_data (unused)
6346 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6347 {
6348 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6349 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6350 current_subspace
6351 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6352 #endif
6353 s_data (0);
6354 pa_undefine_label ();
6355 }
6356
6357 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6358 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6359
6360 <label> .comm <length>
6361
6362 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6363 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6364 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6365 and subspace.
6366
6367 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6368
6369 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6370 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6371 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6372 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6373 a pain.
6374
6375 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6376
6377 static void
6378 pa_comm (unused)
6379 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6380 {
6381 unsigned int size;
6382 symbolS *symbol;
6383 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6384
6385 if (label_symbol)
6386 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6387 else
6388 symbol = NULL;
6389
6390 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6391 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6392
6393 if (symbol)
6394 {
6395 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6396 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6397 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6398
6399 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6400 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6401 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6402 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6403 }
6404 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6405 }
6406 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6407
6408 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6409
6410 static void
6411 pa_end (unused)
6412 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6413 {
6414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6415 }
6416
6417 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6418 static void
6419 pa_enter (unused)
6420 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6421 {
6422 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6423 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6424 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6425 #endif
6426
6427 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6428 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6429 }
6430
6431 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6432 procesure. */
6433 static void
6434 pa_entry (unused)
6435 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6436 {
6437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6438 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6439 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6440 #endif
6441
6442 if (!within_procedure)
6443 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6444 else
6445 {
6446 if (!callinfo_found)
6447 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6448 }
6449 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6450 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6451
6452 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6453 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6454 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6455 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6456 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6457
6458 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6459 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6460 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6461 denote the entry and exit points. */
6462 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6463 {
6464 char *where;
6465 unsigned int u;
6466
6467 where = frag_more (0);
6468 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6469 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6470 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6471 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6472 }
6473 #endif
6474 }
6475
6476 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6477 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6478 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6479 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6480
6481 int
6482 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6483 expressionS *resultP;
6484 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6485 expressionS *rightP;
6486 {
6487 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6488 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6489 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6490 {
6491 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6492 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6493 }
6494 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6495 }
6496
6497 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6498
6499 static void
6500 pa_equ (reg)
6501 int reg;
6502 {
6503 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6504 symbolS *symbol;
6505
6506 if (label_symbol)
6507 {
6508 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6509 if (reg)
6510 {
6511 strict = 1;
6512 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6513 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6514 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6515 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6516 }
6517 else
6518 {
6519 expressionS exp;
6520 segT seg;
6521
6522 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6523 seg = expression (&exp);
6524 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6525 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6526 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6527 {
6528 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6529 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6530 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6531 seg = absolute_section;
6532 }
6533 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6534 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6535 }
6536 }
6537 else
6538 {
6539 if (reg)
6540 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6541 else
6542 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6543 }
6544
6545 pa_undefine_label ();
6546 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6547 }
6548
6549 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6550 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6551 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6552
6553 static void
6554 process_exit ()
6555 {
6556 char *where;
6557
6558 where = frag_more (0);
6559
6560 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6561 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6562 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6563 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6564 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6565 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6566 #else
6567 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6568 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6569 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6570 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6571
6572 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6573 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6574 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6575 denote the entry and exit points. */
6576 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6577 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6578 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6579 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6580 #endif
6581 }
6582
6583 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6584
6585 static void
6586 pa_exit (unused)
6587 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6588 {
6589 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6590 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6591 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6592 #endif
6593
6594 if (!within_procedure)
6595 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6596 else
6597 {
6598 if (!callinfo_found)
6599 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6600 else
6601 {
6602 if (!within_entry_exit)
6603 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6604 else
6605 {
6606 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6607 process_exit ();
6608 }
6609 }
6610 }
6611 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6612 }
6613
6614 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6615 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6616 to callers. */
6617
6618 static void
6619 pa_export (unused)
6620 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6621 {
6622 char *name, c, *p;
6623 symbolS *symbol;
6624
6625 name = input_line_pointer;
6626 c = get_symbol_end ();
6627 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6628 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6629 {
6630 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6631 p = input_line_pointer;
6632 *p = c;
6633 input_line_pointer++;
6634 }
6635 else
6636 {
6637 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6638 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6639 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6640 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6641 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6642 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6643 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6644 p = input_line_pointer;
6645 *p = c;
6646 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6647 {
6648 input_line_pointer++;
6649 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6650 }
6651 }
6652
6653 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6654 }
6655
6656 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6657
6658 static void
6659 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6660 symbolS *symbolP;
6661 int is_export;
6662 {
6663 char *name, c, *p;
6664 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6665 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6666 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6667
6668 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6669
6670 {
6671 input_line_pointer += 8;
6672 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6673 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6674 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6675 }
6676 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6677 {
6678 input_line_pointer += 4;
6679 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6680 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6681
6682 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6683 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6684 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6685 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6686 {
6687 if (is_export)
6688 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6689 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6690
6691 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6692 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6693 }
6694 else
6695 {
6696 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6697 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6698 }
6699 }
6700 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6701 {
6702 input_line_pointer += 4;
6703 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6704 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6705 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6706 }
6707 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6708 {
6709 input_line_pointer += 5;
6710 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6711 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6712 }
6713 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6714 {
6715 input_line_pointer += 9;
6716 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6717 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6718 {
6719 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6720 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6721 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6722 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6723 }
6724 #endif
6725 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6726 }
6727 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6728 {
6729 input_line_pointer += 6;
6730 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6731 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6732 }
6733 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6734 {
6735 input_line_pointer += 8;
6736 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6737 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6738 }
6739 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6740 {
6741 input_line_pointer += 8;
6742 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6743 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6744 }
6745
6746 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6747 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6748 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6749 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6750 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6751 #endif
6752
6753 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6754 handle any argument relocation information. */
6755 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6756 {
6757 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6758 input_line_pointer++;
6759 name = input_line_pointer;
6760 c = get_symbol_end ();
6761 /* Argument sources. */
6762 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6763 {
6764 p = input_line_pointer;
6765 *p = c;
6766 input_line_pointer++;
6767 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6768 name = input_line_pointer;
6769 c = get_symbol_end ();
6770 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6771 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6772 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6773 #endif
6774 *input_line_pointer = c;
6775 }
6776 /* The return value. */
6777 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6778 {
6779 p = input_line_pointer;
6780 *p = c;
6781 input_line_pointer++;
6782 name = input_line_pointer;
6783 c = get_symbol_end ();
6784 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6785 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6786 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6787 #endif
6788 *input_line_pointer = c;
6789 }
6790 /* Privelege level. */
6791 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6792 {
6793 p = input_line_pointer;
6794 *p = c;
6795 input_line_pointer++;
6796 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6797 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6798 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6799 #endif
6800 c = get_symbol_end ();
6801 *input_line_pointer = c;
6802 }
6803 else
6804 {
6805 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6806 p = input_line_pointer;
6807 *p = c;
6808 }
6809 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6810 input_line_pointer++;
6811 }
6812 }
6813
6814 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6815 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6816 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6817
6818 static void
6819 pa_import (unused)
6820 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6821 {
6822 char *name, c, *p;
6823 symbolS *symbol;
6824
6825 name = input_line_pointer;
6826 c = get_symbol_end ();
6827
6828 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6829 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6830 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6831 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6832 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6833 {
6834 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6835 p = input_line_pointer;
6836 *p = c;
6837
6838 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6839 {
6840 input_line_pointer++;
6841 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6842 }
6843 else
6844 {
6845 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6846 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6847 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6848 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6849 if (now_seg == text_section)
6850 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6851
6852 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6853 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6854 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6855 }
6856 }
6857 else
6858 {
6859 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6860 the end of the current statement. */
6861 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6862 input_line_pointer++;
6863 }
6864
6865 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6866 }
6867
6868 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6869
6870 static void
6871 pa_label (unused)
6872 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6873 {
6874 char *name, c, *p;
6875
6876 name = input_line_pointer;
6877 c = get_symbol_end ();
6878
6879 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6880 {
6881 colon (name);
6882 p = input_line_pointer;
6883 *p = c;
6884 }
6885 else
6886 {
6887 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6888 }
6889
6890 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6891 {
6892 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6893 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6894 }
6895 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6896 }
6897
6898 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6899
6900 static void
6901 pa_leave (unused)
6902 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6903 {
6904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6905 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6906 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6907 #endif
6908
6909 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6910 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6911 }
6912
6913 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6914
6915 static void
6916 pa_level (unused)
6917 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6918 {
6919 char *level;
6920
6921 level = input_line_pointer;
6922 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6923 {
6924 input_line_pointer += 3;
6925 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6926 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6927 }
6928 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6929 {
6930 input_line_pointer += 3;
6931 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6932 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6933 }
6934 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6935 {
6936 input_line_pointer += 4;
6937 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6938 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6939 }
6940 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6941 {
6942 input_line_pointer += 3;
6943 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6944 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6945 }
6946 else
6947 {
6948 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6949 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6950 }
6951 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6952 }
6953
6954 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6955
6956 static void
6957 pa_origin (unused)
6958 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6959 {
6960 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6961 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6962 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6963 #endif
6964
6965 s_org (0);
6966 pa_undefine_label ();
6967 }
6968
6969 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6970 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6971
6972 static void
6973 pa_param (unused)
6974 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6975 {
6976 char *name, c, *p;
6977 symbolS *symbol;
6978
6979 name = input_line_pointer;
6980 c = get_symbol_end ();
6981
6982 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6983 {
6984 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6985 p = input_line_pointer;
6986 *p = c;
6987 input_line_pointer++;
6988 }
6989 else
6990 {
6991 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6992 p = input_line_pointer;
6993 *p = c;
6994 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6995 {
6996 input_line_pointer++;
6997 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6998 }
6999 }
7000
7001 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7002 }
7003
7004 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
7005 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
7006
7007 static void
7008 pa_proc (unused)
7009 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7010 {
7011 struct call_info *call_info;
7012
7013 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7014 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7015 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7016 #endif
7017
7018 if (within_procedure)
7019 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7020
7021 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7022 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7023 within_procedure = TRUE;
7024
7025 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7026 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7027
7028 if (!call_info)
7029 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7030
7031 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7032
7033 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7034
7035 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7036 {
7037 call_info_root = call_info;
7038 last_call_info = call_info;
7039 }
7040 else
7041 {
7042 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7043 last_call_info = call_info;
7044 }
7045
7046 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7047
7048 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7049 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7050 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7051
7052 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7053 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7054 {
7055 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7056
7057 if (label_symbol)
7058 {
7059 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7060 {
7061 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7062 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7063 }
7064 else
7065 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7066 }
7067 else
7068 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7069 }
7070
7071 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7072 }
7073
7074 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7075 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7076
7077 static void
7078 pa_procend (unused)
7079 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7080 {
7081
7082 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7083 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7084 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7085 #endif
7086
7087 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7088 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7089 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7090
7091 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7092 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7093 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7094 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7095 {
7096 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7097
7098 if (label_symbol)
7099 {
7100 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7101 {
7102 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7103 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7104 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7105 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7106 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7107 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7108 if (within_entry_exit)
7109 {
7110 char *where;
7111 unsigned int u;
7112
7113 where = frag_more (0);
7114 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7115 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7116 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7117 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7118 }
7119 #endif
7120 }
7121 else
7122 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7123 }
7124 else
7125 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7126 }
7127
7128 if (!within_procedure)
7129 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7130
7131 if (!callinfo_found)
7132 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7133
7134 if (within_entry_exit)
7135 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7136
7137 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7138 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7139 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7140 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7141 #endif
7142
7143 within_procedure = FALSE;
7144 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7145 pa_undefine_label ();
7146 }
7147
7148 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7149 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7150 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7151
7152 static int
7153 log2 (value)
7154 int value;
7155 {
7156 int shift = 0;
7157
7158 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7159 shift++;
7160
7161 if (shift >= 32)
7162 return -1;
7163 else
7164 return shift;
7165 }
7166
7167 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7168
7169 static void
7170 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7171 {
7172 if (current_space == NULL)
7173 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7174
7175 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7176 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7177 }
7178
7179 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7180 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7181 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7182
7183 static sd_chain_struct *
7184 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7185 char *space_name;
7186 int create_flag;
7187 {
7188 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7189 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7190 int spnum;
7191 asection *seg = NULL;
7192 sd_chain_struct *space;
7193
7194 /* load default values */
7195 spnum = 0;
7196 sort = 0;
7197 loadable = TRUE;
7198 defined = TRUE;
7199 private = FALSE;
7200 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7201 {
7202 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7203 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7204 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7205 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7206 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7207 }
7208 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7209 {
7210 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7211 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7212 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7213 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7214 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7215 }
7216
7217 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7218 {
7219 print_errors = FALSE;
7220 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7221 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7222 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7223 the line should be ignored. */
7224 strict = 0;
7225 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7226 if (pa_number >= 0)
7227 {
7228 spnum = pa_number;
7229 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7230 }
7231 else
7232 {
7233 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7234 {
7235 input_line_pointer++;
7236 name = input_line_pointer;
7237 c = get_symbol_end ();
7238 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7239 {
7240 *input_line_pointer = c;
7241 input_line_pointer++;
7242 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7243 }
7244 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7245 {
7246 *input_line_pointer = c;
7247 input_line_pointer++;
7248 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7249 }
7250 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7251 {
7252 *input_line_pointer = c;
7253 loadable = FALSE;
7254 }
7255 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7256 {
7257 *input_line_pointer = c;
7258 defined = FALSE;
7259 }
7260 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7261 {
7262 *input_line_pointer = c;
7263 private = TRUE;
7264 }
7265 else
7266 {
7267 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7268 *input_line_pointer = c;
7269 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7270 input_line_pointer++;
7271 }
7272 }
7273 }
7274 print_errors = TRUE;
7275 }
7276
7277 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7278 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7279
7280 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7281 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7282 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7283 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7284 if (create_flag)
7285 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7286 private, sort, seg, 1);
7287 else
7288 {
7289 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7290 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7291 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7292 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7293 }
7294
7295 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7296 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7297 #endif
7298
7299 return space;
7300 }
7301
7302 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7303 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7304
7305 static void
7306 pa_space (unused)
7307 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7308 {
7309 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7310 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7311
7312 if (within_procedure)
7313 {
7314 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7315 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7316 }
7317 else
7318 {
7319 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7320 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7321 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7322 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7323 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7324 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7325 {
7326 input_line_pointer += 6;
7327 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7328 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7329 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7330 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7331 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7332
7333 current_space = sd_chain;
7334 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7335 current_subspace
7336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7337 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7339 return;
7340 }
7341 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7342 {
7343 input_line_pointer += 9;
7344 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7345 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7346 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7347 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7348 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7349
7350 current_space = sd_chain;
7351 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7352 current_subspace
7353 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7354 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7355 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7356 return;
7357 }
7358 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7359 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7360 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7361 {
7362 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7363 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7364 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7365 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7366 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7367 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7368
7369 current_space = sd_chain;
7370
7371 {
7372 asection *gdb_section
7373 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7374
7375 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7376 current_subspace
7377 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7378 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7379 }
7380 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7381 return;
7382 }
7383
7384 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7385 print_errors = 0;
7386 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7387 strict = 0;
7388 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7389 if (pa_number >= 0)
7390 {
7391 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7392 {
7393 current_space = sd_chain;
7394
7395 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7396 current_subspace
7397 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7398 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7399 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7400 return;
7401 }
7402 }
7403
7404 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7405 print_errors = 1;
7406 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7407 name = input_line_pointer;
7408 c = get_symbol_end ();
7409 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7410 strcpy (space_name, name);
7411 *input_line_pointer = c;
7412
7413 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7414 current_space = sd_chain;
7415
7416 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7417 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7418 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7419 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7420 }
7421 }
7422
7423 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7424
7425 static void
7426 pa_spnum (unused)
7427 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7428 {
7429 char *name;
7430 char c;
7431 char *p;
7432 sd_chain_struct *space;
7433
7434 name = input_line_pointer;
7435 c = get_symbol_end ();
7436 space = is_defined_space (name);
7437 if (space)
7438 {
7439 p = frag_more (4);
7440 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7441 }
7442 else
7443 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7444
7445 *input_line_pointer = c;
7446 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7447 }
7448
7449 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7450 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7451
7452 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7453 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7454
7455 static void
7456 pa_subspace (create_new)
7457 int create_new;
7458 {
7459 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7460 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7461 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7462 sd_chain_struct *space;
7463 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7464 asection *section;
7465
7466 if (current_space == NULL)
7467 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7468
7469 if (within_procedure)
7470 {
7471 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7472 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7473 }
7474 else
7475 {
7476 name = input_line_pointer;
7477 c = get_symbol_end ();
7478 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7479 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7480 *input_line_pointer = c;
7481
7482 /* Load default values. */
7483 sort = 0;
7484 access = 0x7f;
7485 loadable = 1;
7486 common = 0;
7487 dup_common = 0;
7488 code_only = 0;
7489 zero = 0;
7490 space_index = ~0;
7491 alignment = 1;
7492 quadrant = 0;
7493
7494 space = current_space;
7495 if (create_new)
7496 ssd = NULL;
7497 else
7498 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7499 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7500 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7501 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7502 {
7503 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7504 current_subspace = ssd;
7505 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7506 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7507 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7508 return;
7509 }
7510 else
7511 {
7512 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7513 the builtin subspaces. */
7514 i = 0;
7515 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7516 {
7517 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7518 {
7519 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7520 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7521 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7522 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7523 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7524 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7525 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7526 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7527 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7528 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7529 break;
7530 }
7531 i++;
7532 }
7533 }
7534
7535 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7536 any information as specified by the user. */
7537 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7538 {
7539 input_line_pointer++;
7540 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7541 {
7542 name = input_line_pointer;
7543 c = get_symbol_end ();
7544 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7545 {
7546 *input_line_pointer = c;
7547 input_line_pointer++;
7548 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7549 }
7550 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7551 {
7552 *input_line_pointer = c;
7553 input_line_pointer++;
7554 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7555 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7556 {
7557 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7558 alignment = 1;
7559 }
7560 }
7561 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7562 {
7563 *input_line_pointer = c;
7564 input_line_pointer++;
7565 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7566 }
7567 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7568 {
7569 *input_line_pointer = c;
7570 input_line_pointer++;
7571 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7572 }
7573 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7574 {
7575 *input_line_pointer = c;
7576 code_only = 1;
7577 }
7578 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7579 {
7580 *input_line_pointer = c;
7581 loadable = 0;
7582 }
7583 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7584 {
7585 *input_line_pointer = c;
7586 common = 1;
7587 }
7588 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7589 {
7590 *input_line_pointer = c;
7591 dup_common = 1;
7592 }
7593 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7594 {
7595 *input_line_pointer = c;
7596 zero = 1;
7597 }
7598 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7599 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7600 else
7601 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7602 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7603 input_line_pointer++;
7604 }
7605 }
7606
7607 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7608 in the .subspace directive. */
7609 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7610 flags = 0;
7611 if (loadable)
7612 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7613 if (code_only)
7614 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7615 if (common || dup_common)
7616 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7617
7618 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7619
7620 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7621 if (zero)
7622 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7623
7624 applicable &= flags;
7625
7626 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7627 segment already associated with the subspace.
7628
7629 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7630 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7631 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7632 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7633 if (create_new)
7634 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7635 else if (ssd)
7636 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7637 else
7638 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7639
7640 if (zero)
7641 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7642
7643 /* Now set the flags. */
7644 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7645
7646 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7647 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7648
7649 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7650 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7651 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7652
7653 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7654 or create a new one. */
7655 if (ssd)
7656
7657 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7658 code_only, common, dup_common,
7659 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7660 alignment, quadrant,
7661 section);
7662 else
7663 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7664 code_only, common,
7665 dup_common, zero, sort,
7666 access, space_index,
7667 alignment, quadrant, section);
7668
7669 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7670 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7671 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7672 }
7673 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7674 }
7675
7676 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7677
7678 static void
7679 pa_spaces_begin ()
7680 {
7681 int i;
7682
7683 space_dict_root = NULL;
7684 space_dict_last = NULL;
7685
7686 i = 0;
7687 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7688 {
7689 char *name;
7690
7691 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7692 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7693
7694 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7695 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7696 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7697 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7698 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7699 i++;
7700 }
7701
7702 i = 0;
7703 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7704 {
7705 char *name;
7706 int applicable, subsegment;
7707 asection *segment = NULL;
7708 sd_chain_struct *space;
7709
7710 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7711 subsegment number. */
7712 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7713 subsegment = 0;
7714
7715 /* Create the new section. */
7716 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7717
7718 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7719 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7720 all the built-in subspaces. */
7721 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7722 {
7723 text_section = segment;
7724 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7725 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7726 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7727 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7728 | SEC_READONLY
7729 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7730 }
7731 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7732 {
7733 data_section = segment;
7734 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7735 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7736 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7737 | SEC_RELOC
7738 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7739
7740 }
7741 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7742 {
7743 bss_section = segment;
7744 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7745 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7746 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7747 }
7748 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7749 {
7750 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7751 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7752 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7753 | SEC_RELOC
7754 | SEC_READONLY
7755 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7756 }
7757 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7758 {
7759 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7760 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7761 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7762 | SEC_RELOC
7763 | SEC_READONLY
7764 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7765 }
7766 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7767 {
7768 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7769 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7770 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7771 | SEC_RELOC
7772 | SEC_READONLY
7773 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7774 }
7775
7776 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7777 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7778 def_space_index].segment);
7779 if (space == NULL)
7780 {
7781 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7782 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7783 }
7784
7785 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7786 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7787 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7788 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7789 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7790 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7791 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7792 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7793 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7794 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7795 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7796 segment);
7797 i++;
7798 }
7799 }
7800
7801 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7802 by the given parameters. */
7803
7804 static sd_chain_struct *
7805 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7806 sort, seg, user_defined)
7807 char *name;
7808 int spnum;
7809 int loadable;
7810 int defined;
7811 int private;
7812 int sort;
7813 asection *seg;
7814 int user_defined;
7815 {
7816 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7817
7818 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7819 if (!chain_entry)
7820 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7821 name);
7822
7823 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7824 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7825 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7826 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7827 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7828
7829 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7830 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7831 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7832 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7833
7834 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7835 if (!space_dict_last)
7836 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7837
7838 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7839 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7840 else
7841 {
7842 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7843 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7844
7845 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7846 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7847
7848 while (chain_pointer)
7849 {
7850 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7851 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7852 }
7853
7854 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7855 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7856 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7857 {
7858 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7859 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7860 }
7861 else
7862 {
7863 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7864 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7865 }
7866
7867 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7868 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7869 }
7870
7871 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7872 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7873 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7874 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7875 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7876 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7877 #endif
7878
7879 return chain_entry;
7880 }
7881
7882 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7883 by the given parameters.
7884
7885 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7886 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7887
7888 static ssd_chain_struct *
7889 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7890 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7891 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7892 sd_chain_struct *space;
7893 char *name;
7894 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7895 int sort;
7896 int access;
7897 int space_index;
7898 int alignment;
7899 int quadrant;
7900 asection *seg;
7901 {
7902 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7903
7904 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7905 if (!chain_entry)
7906 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7907
7908 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7909 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7910
7911 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7912 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7913 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7914
7915 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7916 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7917 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7918
7919 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7920 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7921 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7922 else
7923 {
7924 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7925 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7926
7927 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7928 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7929
7930 while (chain_pointer)
7931 {
7932 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7933 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7934 }
7935
7936 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7937 the links. */
7938 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7939 {
7940 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7941 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7942 }
7943 else
7944 {
7945 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7946 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7947 }
7948 }
7949
7950 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7951 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7952 sort, quadrant);
7953 #endif
7954
7955 return chain_entry;
7956 }
7957
7958 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7959 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7960
7961 static ssd_chain_struct *
7962 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7963 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7964 sd_chain_struct *space;
7965 char *name;
7966 int loadable;
7967 int code_only;
7968 int common;
7969 int dup_common;
7970 int zero;
7971 int sort;
7972 int access;
7973 int space_index;
7974 int alignment;
7975 int quadrant;
7976 asection *section;
7977 {
7978 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7979
7980 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7981
7982 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7983 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7984 sort, quadrant);
7985 #endif
7986
7987 return chain_entry;
7988 }
7989
7990 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7991 NULL if no such space exists. */
7992
7993 static sd_chain_struct *
7994 is_defined_space (name)
7995 char *name;
7996 {
7997 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7998
7999 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
8000 chain_pointer;
8001 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
8002 {
8003 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
8004 return chain_pointer;
8005 }
8006
8007 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
8008 return NULL;
8009 }
8010
8011 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
8012 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8013
8014 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8015 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8016
8017 static sd_chain_struct *
8018 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8019 asection *seg;
8020 {
8021 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8022
8023 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8024 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8025 space_chain;
8026 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8027 {
8028 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8029 return space_chain;
8030 }
8031
8032 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8033 return NULL;
8034 }
8035
8036 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8037 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8038
8039 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8040 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8041 own subspace. */
8042
8043 static ssd_chain_struct *
8044 is_defined_subspace (name)
8045 char *name;
8046 {
8047 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8048 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8049
8050 /* Walk through each space. */
8051 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8052 space_chain;
8053 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8054 {
8055 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8056 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8057 subspace_chain;
8058 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8059 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8060 return subspace_chain;
8061 }
8062
8063 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8064 return NULL;
8065 }
8066
8067 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8068 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8069
8070 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8071 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8072 to become more efficient. */
8073
8074 static ssd_chain_struct *
8075 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8076 asection *seg;
8077 subsegT subseg;
8078 {
8079 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8080 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8081
8082 /* Walk through each space. */
8083 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8084 space_chain;
8085 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8086 {
8087 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8088 {
8089 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8090 the correct mapping. */
8091 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8092 subspace_chain;
8093 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8094 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8095 return subspace_chain;
8096 }
8097 }
8098
8099 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8100 return NULL;
8101 }
8102
8103 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8104
8105 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8106 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8107
8108 static sd_chain_struct *
8109 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8110 int number;
8111 {
8112 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8113
8114 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8115 space_chain;
8116 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8117 {
8118 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8119 return space_chain;
8120 }
8121
8122 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8123 return NULL;
8124 }
8125
8126 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8127 address is unknown then return zero. */
8128
8129 static unsigned int
8130 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8131 sd_chain_struct *space;
8132 int quadrant;
8133 {
8134 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8135 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8136 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8137 return 0x40000000;
8138 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8139 return 0x40000000;
8140 else
8141 return 0;
8142 return 0;
8143 }
8144
8145 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8146 static int
8147 pa_next_subseg (space)
8148 sd_chain_struct *space;
8149 {
8150
8151 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8152 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8153 }
8154 #endif
8155
8156 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8157 a string. */
8158
8159 static unsigned int
8160 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8161 char *s;
8162 {
8163 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8164
8165 switch (c)
8166 {
8167 case '\"':
8168 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8169 break;
8170 default:
8171 break;
8172 }
8173 return c;
8174 }
8175
8176 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8177
8178 static void
8179 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8180 int append_zero;
8181 {
8182 char *s, num_buf[4];
8183 unsigned int c;
8184 int i;
8185
8186 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8187 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8188 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8189
8190 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8191 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8192 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8193 #endif
8194
8195 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8196 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8197
8198 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8199 {
8200 if (c == '\\')
8201 {
8202 c = *s;
8203 switch (c)
8204 {
8205 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8206 case 'x':
8207 {
8208 unsigned int number;
8209 int num_digit;
8210 char dg;
8211 char *s_start = s;
8212
8213 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8214 s++;
8215 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8216 num_digit < 2
8217 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8218 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8219 num_digit++)
8220 {
8221 if (isdigit (dg))
8222 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8223 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8224 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8225 else
8226 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8227
8228 s++;
8229 dg = *s;
8230 }
8231 if (num_digit > 0)
8232 {
8233 switch (num_digit)
8234 {
8235 case 1:
8236 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8237 break;
8238 case 2:
8239 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8240 break;
8241 }
8242 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8243 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8244 }
8245 break;
8246 }
8247 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8248 default:
8249 s++;
8250 break;
8251 }
8252 }
8253 }
8254 stringer (append_zero);
8255 pa_undefine_label ();
8256 }
8257
8258 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8259
8260 static void
8261 pa_version (unused)
8262 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8263 {
8264 obj_version (0);
8265 pa_undefine_label ();
8266 }
8267
8268 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8269
8270 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8271
8272 static void
8273 pa_compiler (unused)
8274 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8275 {
8276 obj_som_compiler (0);
8277 pa_undefine_label ();
8278 }
8279
8280 #endif
8281
8282 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8283
8284 static void
8285 pa_copyright (unused)
8286 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8287 {
8288 obj_copyright (0);
8289 pa_undefine_label ();
8290 }
8291
8292 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8293 the latest space label. */
8294
8295 static void
8296 pa_cons (nbytes)
8297 int nbytes;
8298 {
8299 cons (nbytes);
8300 pa_undefine_label ();
8301 }
8302
8303 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8304
8305 static void
8306 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8307 int float_type;
8308 {
8309 float_cons (float_type);
8310 pa_undefine_label ();
8311 }
8312
8313 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8314
8315 static void
8316 pa_fill (unused)
8317 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8318 {
8319 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8320 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8321 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8322 #endif
8323
8324 s_fill (0);
8325 pa_undefine_label ();
8326 }
8327
8328 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8329
8330 static void
8331 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8332 int needs_align;
8333 {
8334 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8335 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8336 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8337 #endif
8338
8339 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8340 pa_undefine_label ();
8341 }
8342
8343 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8344
8345 static void
8346 pa_lsym (unused)
8347 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8348 {
8349 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8350 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8351 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8352 #endif
8353
8354 s_lsym (0);
8355 pa_undefine_label ();
8356 }
8357
8358 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8359 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8360 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8361
8362 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8363 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8364 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8365 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8366 with the address of "foo").
8367
8368 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8369 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8370 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8371
8372 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8373 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8374 selectors).
8375
8376 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8377 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8378
8379 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8380 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8381 right bits out of an instruction. */
8382
8383 int
8384 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8385 fixS *fixp;
8386 {
8387 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8388
8389 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8390
8391 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8392 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8393 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8394 return 0;
8395 #endif
8396
8397 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8398 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8399 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8400 return 0;
8401 #endif
8402
8403 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8404 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8405 return 0;
8406
8407 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8408 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8409
8410 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8411 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8412 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8413 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8414 && fixp->fx_subsy
8415 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8416 {
8417 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8418 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8419 return 0;
8420 }
8421
8422 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8423
8424 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8425 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8426 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8427 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8428 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8429 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8430 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8431 sum to the right value.
8432
8433 eg. Suppose we have
8434 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8435 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8436 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8437
8438 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8439 reducing to the section symbol we get
8440 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8441 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8442 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8443 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8444 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8445
8446 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8447 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8448 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8449 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8450 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8451
8452 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8453 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8454 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8455 return 0;
8456
8457 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8458 relocations with plabels. */
8459 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8460 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8461 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8462 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8463 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8464 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8465 return 0;
8466
8467 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8468 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8469 return 0;
8470
8471 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8472 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8473 return 0;
8474
8475 return 1;
8476 }
8477
8478 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8479 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8480 within GAS. */
8481
8482 int
8483 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8484 struct fix *fixp;
8485 {
8486 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8487
8488 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8489 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8490 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8491 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8492 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8493 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8494 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8495 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8496 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8497 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8498 return 1;
8499 #endif
8500 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8501 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8502 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8503 return 1;
8504 #endif
8505
8506 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8507
8508 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8509 linking works. */
8510 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8511 return 1;
8512
8513 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8514 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8515 call stub. */
8516 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8517 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8518 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8519 return 1;
8520
8521 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8522 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8523 {
8524 valueT distance;
8525
8526 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8527 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8528 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8529 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8530 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8531 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8532 #endif
8533 )
8534 return 1;
8535 }
8536
8537 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8538 return 1;
8539
8540 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8541 return 0;
8542 }
8543
8544 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8545 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8546 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8547 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8548
8549 static void
8550 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8551 {
8552 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8553 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8554 char *name;
8555
8556 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8557 {
8558 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8559 or other problems. */
8560 return;
8561 }
8562
8563 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8564 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8565 + 1);
8566 if (name)
8567 {
8568 symbolS *symbolP;
8569
8570 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8571 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8572
8573 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8574 symbol will have already been defined. */
8575 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8576 if (symbolP)
8577 {
8578 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8579 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8580
8581 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8582 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8583 xfree (name);
8584 }
8585 else
8586 {
8587 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8588 last instruction of the function */
8589 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8590 frag_now);
8591
8592 assert (symbolP);
8593 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8594 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8595 }
8596
8597 if (symbolP)
8598 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8599 else
8600 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8601
8602 }
8603 else
8604 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8605
8606 }
8607
8608 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8609 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8610 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8611 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8612
8613 void
8614 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8615 {
8616 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8617
8618 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8619 call_info_pointer;
8620 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8621 {
8622 elf_symbol_type *esym
8623 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8624 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8625 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8626 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8627 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8628 }
8629 }
8630
8631 static void
8632 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8633 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8634 {
8635 struct fix *new_fix;
8636
8637 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8638
8639 if (new_fix)
8640 {
8641 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8642 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8643 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8644 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8645 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8646 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8647 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8648 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8649 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8650 }
8651 }
8652
8653 static void
8654 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8655 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8656 {
8657 struct fix *new_fix;
8658
8659 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8660
8661 if (new_fix)
8662 {
8663 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8664 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8665 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8666 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8667 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8668 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8669 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8670 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8671 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8672 }
8673 }
8674 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.224261 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.